Ihre E-Mail wurde erfolgreich gesendet. Bitte prüfen Sie Ihren Maileingang.

Leider ist ein Fehler beim E-Mail-Versand aufgetreten. Bitte versuchen Sie es erneut.

Vorgang fortführen?

Exportieren
Filter
  • BSZ  (248)
  • GBV  (114)
  • Online-Ressource  (313)
  • 2010-2014  (313)
  • Dordrecht : Springer  (313)
Datenlieferant
Materialart
Sprache
Erscheinungszeitraum
Jahr
  • 1
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400743601
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 652 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Serie: Cultural Studies of Science Education 9
    Serie: Cultural Studies of Science Education
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 370
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Erziehung ; Naturwissenschaft ; Science / Study and teaching ; Education
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 2
    ISBN: 9789048139316
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XI, 353 p. 46 illus, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Teaching Science and Investigating Environmental Issues with Geospatial Technology
    Schlagwort(e): Geographical information systems ; Science Study and teaching ; Education
    Kurzfassung: This book provides research-grounded and practically-minded insights into teacher professional development in support of integrating GIS and other geospatial technologies into K-12 science teaching. In this volume 50 designers, educators and researchers share their experiences, knowledge, and lessons learned from a wide variety of projects. Readers will find a myriad of ideas and perspectives that they can apply to their own teacher professional development projects, as they work to provide students with engaging opportunities for learning science. Geospatial technologies enable teachers to teach in fundamentally new ways, building student interest and skill through active engagement in critical thinking and project or inquiry-based learning. Students are naturally drawn to looking at landscapes and interpreting features through analysis of both shape and form. Given the chance to manipulate spatial data, students revel in deciphering mysteries, exploring scientific explanations, and linking causes with consequences. The passion and interest demonstrated by students using geospatial tools has motivated an increasing number of K-12 teachers to embrace the use of these technologies for teaching and learning science. Given the nature and complexity of these tools, high quality professional development is essential for providing teachers with the support and guidance they need to use geospatial technologies effectively. This book will be of special interest to scientists, geographers, and science educators who are designing or delivering teacher professional development in support of teaching with technology. The case studies make it possible for readers to identify specific paths forward regarding both research and practice. GIS and other geospatial technologies offer teachers an effective way to engage students in the analysis of authentic data in ways called for by the Next Generation Science Standards and the National Geography Standards. With the improvements in the usability of the tools, the time is right to bring GIS and other geospatial technologies into all K-12 classrooms. The chapters in this book will enable teachers and teacher educators to make that happen. Daniel C. Edelson, Ph.D., Vice President for Education, National Geographic Society While increasing numbers of people use basic geospatial technologies, their power to enliven science has not yet been explored by most educators. This robust and thoughtful compilation focuses on how to supp ...
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 3
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400774070
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XII, 227 p. 4 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 302
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als The institution of science and the science of institutions
    Schlagwort(e): Science History ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Medicine ; Science, general ; Science History ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Medicine ; Ben-Daṿid, Yosef 1920-1986 ; Wissenschaft
    Kurzfassung: The present anthology, edited by Marcel Herbst, is partially based on a conference, held in 2009, to reflect on the legacy of Ben-David, and contains a selection of substantially revised papers, plus four contributions specifically written for this volume. The book focuses on three major lines of Ben-David’s research, namely “Center and Periphery” (Part I), “Role and Ethos” (Part II), and “Organization and Growth” (Part III). In addition, comprehensive introductory (“Prologue”) and concluding chapters (“Epilogue”, Part IV) by Marcel Herbst are provided. The volume addresses the following disciplines: higher education, history and sociology of science, philosophy of science, history of medicine, public administration, policy studies, Jewish studies, and economics. The anthology is one of two new publications on Joseph Ben-David after the special Minerva edition Vol. 25, Numbers 1-2, March 1987, and Gad Freudenthal’s collection of Ben-David’s writings [1991]. The text can be used in graduate studies, it addresses higher education professionals or public officials, and serves as a gateway to researchers in the field of higher education, science studies, or policy sciences
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: PrefaceI Prologue 1 -- 1 Introduſtion; Marcel Herbst -- 2 Academic Organization and Scientific Produſtivity; Marcel Herbst -- II Role and Ethos -- 3 On Sociology of Knowledge and Politics of Freedom; Yaron Ezrahi -- 4 The Scientists’ Role and Medical Innovations; Ilana Löwy -- 5 Clinical Praſtice and Clinical Research; George Weisz -- III Center and Periphery -- 6 Faded Grandeur: the German Academic System; Richard Münch -- 7 The Scion and its Tree; Shaul Katz -- IV Organization and Growth -- 8 The Excellence of IT; Andrew Abbott -- 9 Lessons Learned from the Study of Collaborations; Ivan Chompalov -- V Epilogue -- 10 The Legacy of Joseph Ben-David; Marcel Herbst -- Contributors -- Index.
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 4
    ISBN: 9783319008011
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VI, 225 p. 3 illus., 1 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 365
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Artefact kinds
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Engineering design ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Engineering design ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Artefakt ; Ontologie ; Wirklichkeit ; Technikphilosophie
    Kurzfassung: This book is concerned with two intimately related topics of metaphysics: the identity of entities and the foundations of classification. What it adds to previous discussions of these topics is that it addresses them with respect to human-made entities, that is, artefacts. As the chapters in the book show, questions of identity and classification require other treatments and lead to other answers for artefacts than for natural entities. These answers are of interest to philosophers not only for their clarification of artefacts as a category of things but also for the new light they may shed on these issue with respect to to natural entities. This volume is structured in three parts. The contributions in Part I address basic ontological and metaphysical questions in relation to artefact kinds: How should we conceive of artefact kinds? Are they real kinds? How are identity conditions for artefacts and artefact kinds related? The contributions in Part II address meta-ontological questions: What, exactly, should an ontological account of artefact kinds provide us with? What scope can it aim for? Which ways of approaching the ontology of artefact kinds are there, how promising are they, and how should we assess this? In Part III, the essays offer engineering practice rather than theoretical philosophy as a point of reference. The issues addressed here include: How do engineers classify technical artefacts and on what grounds? What makes specific classes of technical artefacts candidates for ontologically real kinds, and by which criteria?
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 1. Introduction: The Ontology of Technical Artefacts; Maarten Franssen, Peter Kroes, Thomas A. C. Reydon and Pieter E. VermaasPart I: Artefact Kinds and Metaphysics -- Chapter 2. How Real are Artefacts and Artefact Kinds?; E. J. Lowe -- Chapter 3. Artifacts and Mind-Independence; Crawford L. Elder -- Chapter 4. Public Artifacts, Intentions, and Norms; Amie L. Thomasson -- Chapter 5. Artefact Kinds, Ontological Criteria and Forms of Mind-Dependence; Maarten Franssen and Peter Kroes -- Chapter 6. Artifact Kinds, Identity Criteria and Logical Adequacy; Massimiliano Carrara, Silvia Gaio and Marzia Soavi -- Part II: Artefact Kinds and New Perspectives -- Chapter 7. Creating Artifactual Kinds; Jesús Vega-Encabo and Diego Lawler -- Chapter 8. Metaphysical and Epistemological Approaches to Developing a Theory of Artifact Kinds; Thomas A. C. Reydon -- Chapter 9. Ethnotechnology: A Manifesto; Beth Preston -- Part III: Artefact Kinds and Engineering Practice -- Chapter 10. On What is Made: Instruments, Products and Natural Kinds of Artefacts; Wybo Houkes and Pieter E. Vermaas -- Chapter 11. Artefactual Systems, Missing Components and Replaceability; Nicola Guarino -- Chapter 12. Engineering Differences Between Natural, Social and Artificial Kinds; Eric T. Kerr.
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 5
    ISBN: 9789400770829
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVI, 280 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Advances in Business Ethics Research, A Journal of Business Ethics Book Series 4
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Accounting for the public interest
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Auditing ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Auditing ; Rechnungslegung ; Ethik ; Rechnungslegung ; Ethik
    Kurzfassung: This volume explores the opportunities and challenges facing the accounting profession in an increasingly globalized business and financial reporting environment. It looks back at past experiences of the profession in attempting to meet its public interest obligation. It examines the role and responsibilities of accounting to society including regulatory requirements, increased emphasis on corporate social responsibility, accounting fraud and whistle-blowing implications, internationalization of public interest obligations, and providing the education needed to be successful. The book incorporates an ethical dimension in making these assessments. Its focus is a conceptual, theoretical one drawing on classical philosophy, the sociology of professions, economic theory, and the public interest dimension of accountants as professionals. The authors of papers are long-time contributors to the annual symposium on Research in Accounting Ethics sponsored by the Public Interest Section of the AAA.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 6
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400769915
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 212 p. 3 illus, digital)
    Serie: Professional Learning and Development in Schools and Higher Education 8
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Early childhood education ; Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Developmental psychology
    Kurzfassung: This book offers a challenge to traditional approaches to classroom teaching and pedagogy. The SPRinG (Social Pedagogic Research into Groupwork) project, part of a larger research programme on teaching and learning funded by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), was developed to enhance the learning potential of pupils working in classroom groups by actively involving teachers in a programme designed to raise levels of group work during typical classroom learning activities. Internationally, the SPRinG project is the largest evaluation of effective group working methods in comparison to traditional teaching, with findings that show raised levels of pupil achievement and a doubling of sustained, active engagement in learning. The opening chapters present arguments regarding the relationship of social interaction and children’s cognitive development and examine theories that explain why social interactional processes should be integrated into primary school pedagogic practices. Next, the book describes the conceptual and methodological basis for the SPRinG studies, especially its focus on the relational approach, the type of involvement of teachers and classroom planning. Further chapters present key results and describe the background and methods used to establish SPRinG-based effects on pupil progress in mathematics, literacy and science, including both macro and micro assessments; how the SPRinG approach affected pupil-pupil interactions and teacher-pupil interactions, as measured by systematic on-the-spot observations and analyses of videotapes of groups working on specially designed tasks work; and effects on pupil self-completed measures of motivation and attitudes to group work. The book also analyses reflections of teachers who have worked with SPRinG: moving from theory to practice as well as adding insights associated with implementing SPRinG principles in schools. Drawing upon developmental psychological, social psychological and classroom research, it develops a new and ambitious social pedagogic approach to classroom learning, with a stress on group work, which will be of interest to researchers, teachers and policy-makers. This book includes contributions from Andrew Tolmie and Ed Baines, who were also involved in the ScotSPRinG and SPRinG projects
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Foreword; The Content of the Book: The SPRinG Approach; Who the Book Is Intended to Reach; Acknowledgements; Definitions; References; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1 Can the Grouping of Children in Classrooms Affect Their Learning; An Introduction to Social Pedagogy; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 How Does the Classroom Context Affect Learning?; 1.3 Grouping and Learning: A Preliminary View; 1.3.1 Cognitive Processes and Group Work in Schools; 1.3.2 Peer Relations; 1.4 Social Processes Underlying Group Work in Schools; 1.5 Relationships among Children as Learners within Group Work
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.6 The BookReferences; Chapter 2 Groups and Classrooms; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Background Issues in Promoting Development and Understanding via Effective Group Work in Classrooms: Understanding Pedagogy and Opening the `Black Box'; 2.3Experimental and Naturalistic Studies of Group Workin Primary School Classrooms; 2.3.1 Experimental Research; 2.3.2 Naturalistic Studies; 2.3.2.1 First Phase of Naturalistic Classroom Studies; Size and Number of Groupings in Classrooms; Types of Working Arrangements; Adult Support of Groupings; Group Composition; Curriculum Area and Task Type
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Summary of Phase 1 Studies and Some Concerns2.3.2.2 Second Phase of Naturalistic Classroom Studies; The Attainment Context Within the Classroom; Group Size and Number, and Classroom Seating and Working Arrangements; Working Interactions Within Groupings; Number of Adults in Classes and Adult Role in Relation to Groupings; Grouping Composition; Learning Task Type; Learning Task Type in Relation to Grouping Size; Interaction Type and Curriculum Area; 2.3.2.3 Some General Conclusions from Phase 2 Naturalistic Classroom Studies: Findings from Classroom Mapping; 2.4 Chapter Summary; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 3 The SPRinG Project: The Intervention Programme and the Evaluation Methods3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The SPRinG Project; 3.2.1 The SPRinG Approach: Building on a Social Pedagogyof Classroom Learning; 3.2.1.1 Preparation of the Classroom Context for Group Work; Class Seating Arrangements; Group Size; The Number of Groups in the Class; Group Stability; Group Composition; 3.2.1.2 Preparation of Lessons and Activities Involving Group Work: Curriculum and Group Work Activities; 3.2.1.3 A Relational Approach to Facilitate Group Working
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.2.1.4 Involvement of Teachers in the Support of Group Work3.3 Evaluation of the SPRinG Programme: The Intervention and Research Design; 3.3.1 The SPRinG Programme and How it was Implemented; 3.3.1.1 Principles and Practices; 3.3.1.2 Training in Social, Communication and AdvancedGroup Working Skills; 3.4 Evaluating the SPRinG Project; 3.4.1 Research Design; 3.4.2 Samples; 3.4.3 Methods of Data Collection: Measures of Pupil Attainment, Classroom Behavior, Motivation/Attitudes to Learning and Classroom Implementation; 3.4.3.1 Pupil Attainment; Key Stage 1; Key Stage 2
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.4.3.2 Classroom Behaviour Measures
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 7
    ISBN: 9789400769670
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 746 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Studies in the History of Philosophy of Mind 12
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Sourcebook for the history of the philosophy of mind
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Sourcebook for the History of the Philosophy of Mind : Philosophical Psychology from Plato to Kant
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, medieval ; Philosophy of mind ; Psychology History ; Philosophy ; Philosophy of Mind ; Geschichte ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: Fresh translations of key texts, exhaustive coverage from Plato to Kant, and detailed commentary by expert scholars of philosophy add up to make this sourcebook the first and most comprehensive account of the history of the philosophy of mind. Published at a time when the philosophy of mind and philosophical psychology are high-profile domains in current research, the volume will inform our understanding of philosophical questions by shedding light on the origins of core conceptual assumptions often arrived at before the instauration of psychology as a recognized subject in its own right. The chapters closely follow historical developments in our understanding of the mind, with sections dedicated to ancient, medieval Latin and Arabic, and early modern periods of development. The volume’s structural clarity enables readers to trace the entire progression of philosophical understanding on specific topics related to the mind, such as the nature of perception. Doing so reveals the fascinating contrasts between current and historical approaches. In addition to its all-inclusive source material, the volume provides subtle expert commentary that includes critical introductions to each thematic section as well as detailed engagement with the central texts. A voluminous bibliography includes hundreds of primary and secondary sources. The sheer scale of this new publication sheds light on the progression, and discontinuities, in our study of the philosophy of mind, and represents a major new sourcebook in a field of extreme importance to our understanding of humanity as a whole
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 8
    ISBN: 9789400769342
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 372 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Studies in the Philosophy of Sociality 2
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Institutions, emotions, and group agents
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Sozialphilosophie ; Ontologie ; Gruppe ; Institution ; Sozialphilosophie ; Gruppe ; Institution
    Kurzfassung: The contributions gathered in this volume present the state of the art in key areas of current social ontology. They focus on the role of collective intentional states in creating social facts, and on the nature of intentional properties of groups that allow characterizing them as responsible agents, or perhaps even as persons. Many of the essays are inspired by contemporary action theory, emotion theory, and theories of collective intentionality. Another group of essays revisits early phenomenological approaches to social ontology and accounts of sociality that draw on the Hegelian idea of recognition. This volume is organized into three parts. First, the volume discusses themes highlighted in John Searle’s work and addresses questions concerning the relation between intentions and the deontic powers of institutions, the role of disagreement, and the nature of collective intentionality. Next, the book focuses on joint and collective emotions and mutual recognition, and then goes on to explore the scope and limits of group agency, or group personhood, especially the capacity for responsible agency. The variety of philosophical traditions mirrored in this collection provides readers with a rich and multifaceted survey of present research in social ontology. It will help readers deepen their understanding of three interrelated and core topics in social ontology: the constitution and structure of institutions, the role of shared evaluative attitudes, and the nature and role of group agents
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: AcknowledgementsChapter 1. Introduction: Contributions to Social Ontology-Institutions, Emotions, and Group Agents; Anita Konzelmann Ziv and Hans Bernhard Schmid -- Part I: Intentionality and Institutions -- Chapter 2. Document Acts; Barry Smith -- Chapter 3. Searlean Reflections on Sacred Mountains; Filip Buekens -- Chapter 4. Social Objects without Intentions; Brian Epstein -- Chapter 5. The Logical Form of Totalitarianism; Jennifer Hudin -- Chapter 6. Groups, Normativity and Disagreement; Rodrigo E. Sànchaz Brigido -- Chapter 7. Joint Actions, Social Institutions and Collective Goods: A Teleological Account; Seumas Miller -- Chapter 8. Three Types of Heterotropic Intentionality: A Taxonomy in Social Ontology; Francesca De Vecchi -- Part II: Shared Emotions and Recognition -- Chapter 9. Emergence and Empathy; Ronald De Sousa -- Chapter 10. The Functions of Collective Emotions in Social Groups; Mikko Salmela -- Chapter 11. Feelings of Being-Together and Caring With; H. Andrés Sànchez Guerrero -- Chapter 12. Joining the Background: Habitual Sentiments behind We-Intentionality; Emanuele Caminada -- Chapter 13. Collective Intentionality and Recognition from Others; Arto Laitinen -- Chapter 14. The Conditions of Collectivity: Joint Commitment and the Shared Norms of Membership; Titus Stahl -- Part III: Collective Reasons and Group Agency -- Chapter 15. Acting Over Time, Acting Together; Michael E. Bratman -- Chapter 16. How Where We Stand Constrains Where I Stand: Applying Bratman’s Account of Self-Governance to Collective Action; Joseph Kisolo-Ssonko -- Chapter 17. Team Reasoning and Shared Intention; Abraham Sesshu Roth -- Chapter 18. Collective Intentionality and Practical Reason; Juliette Gloor -- Chapter 19. The SANE Approach to Real Collective Responsibility; Sara Chant -- Chapter 20. Are Individualist Accounts of Collective Responsibility Morally Deficient?; András Szigeti -- Chapter 21. Can Groups Be Autonomous Rational Agents? A Challenge to the List-Pettit-Theory; Vuko Andric -- Chapter 22. Direct and Indirect Common Belief; Emiliano Lorini and Andreas Herzig.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 9
    ISBN: 9789400773981
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource
    Serie: Ius Gentium 28
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Federalism and legal unification
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Constitutional law ; Law ; Föderalismus ; Rechtseinheit ; Verfassungsrecht ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Kurzfassung: How and to what degree do federations produce uniform law within their system? This comparative empirical study addresses these questions comprehensively for the first time. Originally produced under the auspices of the International Academy of Comparative Law, this volume examines legal unification in twenty federations around the world. Each of the successive chapters presents the forces of unification through the lens of a particular federal system. A comparative overview chapter provides a detailed analysis of the overall results with compelling visual illustrations of legal unification along different dimensions (e.g. by area of law; by federation; by civil vs common law system). The overview chapter summarizes and analyzes the means and methods of legal unification and the degree of legal unification of each system, and explains the driving forces of legal unity and diversity in federations more generally. The volume presents surprising findings that should make scholars rethink their abandonment of the civil law vs. common law distinction in comparative law. This book is a milestone in the study of federalism. It is a rare and welcome melding of comparative law and comparative politics using both original data and qualitative analysis. Wide-ranging, probing, and definitive, this book is an invaluable resource for students of law, politics, and multi-level governance. Gary Marks, Burton Craige Professor, UNC-Chapel Hill, and Chair in Multilevel Governance, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 10
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783319016863
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXIX, 151 p. 8 illus, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Reinhard-DeRoo, Matthias Beneficial ownership
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Humanities ; Anthropology ; Law ; Law ; Humanities ; Anthropology
    Kurzfassung: The hunt for beneficial owners is on. Like an elephant, the beneficial owner hides in the jungle of complex legal structures, waiting to be discovered by eager prosecutors. But what lies behind this metaphor? What is a Beneficial Owner? Is beneficial ownership a right? What does this right encompass? What is the value of this right compared to other rights? And if beneficial ownership is not a right, is it still a legally relevant relation? How do courts, namely the U.S. Supreme Court deal with the concept? When do Anglo-American judges and European scholars resort to the concept? This book approaches these questions from two perspectives: legal fundamentals and the field of U.S. federal Indian law. Both legal theories and case law are scrutinized with the aim to find a better understanding of the basic conception and characteristics of beneficial ownership. Federal Indian law has been chosen for the study of the concrete implications of the beneficial ownership concept in what Roscoe Pound referred to as “the law in action.” To some, this choice of legal field might seem somewhat unusual. What answers could federal Indian law possibly offer with regard to pressing questions from the financial industry? As always, there is a short and a long answer. The short answer is that the analysis of an equally sophisticated field of law can open new perspectives on a given field of law. For example, not only potential criminals and tax evaders but also members of an older civilization are beneficial owners. The long answer can be found in this very book
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: IntroductionThe Term Beneficial Ownership -- Beneficial Ownership as a Concept -- Common Law, Equity and Beneficial Ownership -- Beneficial Ownership Used in U.S. Supreme Court Decisions -- Fundamental Aspects of Federal Indian Law -- The Beneficial Ownership Concept Applied in Federal Indian Law -- Epilogue.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 11
    ISBN: 9789400776517
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXI, 295 p. 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science Study and teaching ; Educational tests and measurements ; Education
    Kurzfassung: This book offers valuable guidance for science teacher educators looking for ways to facilitate preservice and inservice teachers’ pedagogy relative to teaching students from underrepresented and underserved populations in the science classroom. It also provides solutions that will better equip science teachers of underrepresented student populations with effective strategies that challenge the status quo, and foster classrooms environment that promotes equity and social justice for all of their science students. Multicultural Science Education illuminates historically persistent, yet unresolved issues in science teacher education from the perspectives of a remarkable group of science teacher educators and presents research that has been done to address these issues. It centers on research findings on underserved and underrepresented groups of students and presents frameworks, perspectives, and paradigms that have implications for transforming science teacher education. In addition, the chapters provide an analysis of the socio-cultural-political consequences in the ways in which science teacher education is theoretically conceptualized and operationalized in the United States. The book provides teacher educators with a framework for teaching through a lens of equity and social justice, one that may very well help teachers enhance the participation of students from traditionally underrepresented and underserved groups in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) areas and help them realize their full potential in science. Moreover, science educators will find this book useful for professional development workshops and seminars for both novice and veteran science teachers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 12
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400760011
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VII, 457 p. 29 illus., 16 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Studies in Brain and Mind 6
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Philosophy of mind ; Computer vision ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Philosophy of mind ; Computer vision
    Kurzfassung: This volume is product of the third online consciousness conference, held at http://consciousnessonline.com in February and March 2011. Chapters range over epistemological issues in the science and philosophy of perception, what neuroscience can do to help us solve philosophical issues in the philosophy of mind, what the true nature of black and white vision, pain, auditory, olfactory, or multi-modal experiences are, to higher-order theories of consciousness, synesthesia, among others. Each chapter includes a target article, commentaries, and in most cases, a final response from the author. Though wide-ranging all of the papers aim to understand consciousness both from the inside, as we experience it, and from the outside as we encounter it in our science. The Online Consciousness Conference, founded and organized by Richard Brown, is dedicated to the rigorous study of consciousness and mind. The goal is to bring philosophers, scientists, and interested lay persons together in an online venue to promote high-level discussion and exchanging of views, ideas and data related to the scientific and philosophical study of consciousness
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chp. 1 Richard Brown “Introduction”I. First-Person Data and the Science of Consciousness -- Chp. 2. Ruth Millikan  “An Epistemology for Phenomenology?” -- Chp.  3. Gualtiero Piccinini & Corey J. Maley “From Phenomenology to the Self-Measurement Methodology of First-Person Data” -- II. Phenomenal Properties and Dualism -- Chp. 4. Paul Churchland “Consciousness and the Introspection of Apparent Qualitative Simples” -- Chp. 5. Torin Alter “Churchland on arguments against physicalism” -- Chp. 6. Paul Churchland “Response to Torin Alter” -- III. Property Dualism and Panpsychism -- Chp. 7. Philip Goff “Orthodox Property Dualism + the Linguistic Theory of Vagueness = Panpsychism” -- Chp. 8. Bill Robinson “A Wake Up Call” -- Chp. 9. Jon Simon “What is Acquaintance with Consciousness?” -- Chp. 10. Philip Goff “Reply to Simon and Robinson” -- IV. Naïve Realism, Hallucinations, and Perceptual Justification -- Chp. 11. Benj Hellie “It’s Still There!” -- Chp. 12. Jacob Berger “Perceptual Justification Outside of Consciousness” -- Chp. 13. Jeff Speaks “Some Thoughts about Hallucination, Self-Representation, and “It’s Still There!”” -- Chp. 14. Heather Logue “But Where is a Hallucinator’s Perceptual Justification?” -- Chp. 15. Benj Hellie “Yep -Still There” -- V. Beyond Color-Consciousness -- Chp. 16. Kathleen Akins “Black and White and Color” -- Chp. 17. Pete Mandik “What is Visual and Phenomenal but Concerns Neither Hue nor Shade?” -- VI. Phenomenal Externalism and the Science of Perception -- Chp. 18. Adam Pautz “The Real Trouble for Phenomenal Externalists: New Evidence for a Brain-Based Theory of Consciousness” -- Chp. 19. David Hilbert & Colin Klein “No Problem” -- Chp. 20. Adam Pautz “Ignoring the Real Problems for Phenomenal Externalism: A Reply to Hilbert and Klein” -- VII. The Ontology of Audition -- Chp. 21. Jason Leddington “What We Hear” -- Chp. 22. Casey O'Calleghan “Audible Independence and Binding” -- Chp. 23. Matt Nudds “Commentary on Leddington” -- VIII. Multi-Modal Experience -- Chp. 24. Kevin Connolly “Making Sense of Multiple Senses” -- Chp. 25. Matt Fulkerson “Explaining Multisensory Experience” -- IX. Synesthesia -- Chp. 26. Berit Brogaard “Seeing as a Non-Experiential Mental State: The Case from Synesthesia and Mental Imagery” -- Chp. 27. Ophelia Deroy “Synesthesia: An Experience of the Third Kind?” -- Chp. 28. Berit Brogaard “Varieties of Synesthetic Experience” -- X. Higher-Order Thought Theories of Consciousness and the Prefrontal Cortex -- Chp. 29. Miguel Ángel Sebastián “Not a Hot Dream” -- Chp. 30. Josh Weisberg “Sweet Dreams are Made of This?  A HOT Response to Sebastián” -- Chp. 31. Matt Ivonowich “The dlPFC isn’t a NCHOT: A Commentary on Sebastián’s “Not a HOT Dream” -- Chp. 32. Miguel Ángel Sebastián “I Cannot Tell You (Everything) About My Dreams: Reply to Ivanowich and Weisberg”.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 13
    ISBN: 9789400770430
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 248 p. 14 illus., 12 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Innovation and Change in Professional Education 9
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Teaching and learning the European Union
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Europäische Union ; Hochschulbildung ; Bildung
    Kurzfassung: This volume examines the EU’s changing educational context and its challenges. Based on an extensive survey of more than 2000 European Studies courses in 30 European countries, it maps and analyses the features of teaching methodologies as they emerge from both disciplinary as well as interdisciplinary curricula. It presents a series of case studies on some of the most-used innovative teaching tools emerging in the field such as simulation games, e-learning, problem based learning, blended learning, and learning through the use of social networks. Based on the contributors’ own experiences and academic research, the book examines both strengths and possible pitfalls of these increasingly popular methods. The book’s critical approach will inspire educators and scholars committed to improving the teaching methods and tools in the area of European Studies and other programmes of higher education facing similar challenges
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Introduction - Teaching European Studies: Educational ChallengesPART I - EUROPEAN STUDIES: CONTEXTS AND CHALLENGES -- 2. Shaping the New Professional for the New Professions; W.H. Gijselaers, A. Dailey-Hebert and A.C. Niculescu -- 3. Working at the EU Institutions: New Human Resources Selection Strategy; N.D. Bearfield -- 4. Educating for EU Citizenship and Civic Engagement through Active Learning; G. J. van Dyke -- 5. Multilingual Universities: Policies and Practices; R. Franceschini and D. Veronesi -- 6. Thinking Europe: A Canadian Academic Immersion inside the European Institutions - EU Study Tour and Internship Program; E. Lavalle and A. Berlin -- PART II - MAPPING INNOVATIONS IN TEACHING AND LEARNING -- 7. Mapping Innovative Teaching Methods and Tools in European Studies: Results from a Comprehensive Study; S. Baroncelli, F. Fonti and G. Stevancevic -- 8. Innovativeness in Teaching European Studies: an Empirical Investigation; F. Fonti and G. Stevancevic -- 9. Linguistic Pluralism in European Studies; S. Baroncelli -- PART III - INNOVATIVE TEACHING AND EARNING IN EUROPEAN STUDIES -- 10. Assessing EU Simulations: Evidence from the Transatlantic EuroSim; R. Jones and P. Bursens -- 11. Distance Learning as an Alternative Method of Teaching European Studies; N. Timus -- 12. Problem Based Learning in European Studies; H. Maurer and C. Neuhold -- 13. Finding the Right Mix? Teaching European Studies through Blended Learning; A. Mihai -- 14. The Network is the Message: Social Networks as Teaching Tools; R. Farneti, I. Bianchi, T. Mayrgündter and J. Niederhauser -- Biographies -- Index.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 14
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048193226
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XLI, 1042 p. 125 illus., 65 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Law ; Law
    Kurzfassung: The proposed volumes are aimed at a multidisciplinary audience and seek to fill the gap between law, semiotics and visuality providing a comprehensive theoretical and analytical overview of legal visual semiotics. They seek to promote an interdisciplinary debate from law, semiotics and visuality bringing together the cumulative research traditions of these related areas as a prelude to identifying fertile avenues for research going forward. Advance Praise for Law, Culture and Visual Studies This diverse and exhilarating collection of essays explores the many facets both historical and contemporary of visual culture in the law. It opens a window onto the substantive, jurisdictional, disciplinary and methodological diversity of current research. It is a cornucopia of materials that will enliven legal studies for those new to the field as well as for established scholars. It is a ‘must read’ that will leave you wondering about the validity of the long held obsession that reduces the law and legal studies to little more than a preoccupation with the word. Leslie J Moran Professor of Law, Birkbeck College, University of London Law, Culture & Visual Studies is a treasure trove of insights on the entwined roles of legality and visuality. From multiple interdisciplinary perspectives by scholars from around the world, these pieces reflect the fullness and complexities of our visual encounters with law and culture. From pictures to places to postage stamps, from forensics to film to folklore, this anthology is an exciting journey through the fertile field of law and visual culture as well as a testament that the field has come of age. Naomi Mezey, Professor of Law, Georgetown University Law Center, Washington, D.C., USA This highly interdisciplinary reference work brings together diverse fields including cultural studies, communication theory, rhetoric, law and film studies, legal and social history, visual and legal theory, in order to document the various historical, cultural, representational and theoretical links that bind together law and the visual. This book offers a breath-taking range of resources from both well-established and newer scholars who together cover the field of law’s representation in, interrogation of, and dialogue with forms of visual rhetoric, practice, and discourse. Taken together this scholarship presents state of the art research into an important and developing dimension of contemporary legal and cultural inquiry. Above all, Law C ...
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Biographical notes on the editors.- Biographical notes on contributors.- Introduction: Law, Culture and Visual Studies; Richard K. Sherwin.- Part I. Introducing Visual Legal StudiesPart II. Visualizing Legal Scholarship -- Part III. Law And Iconic Art -- Part IV. Visualizing Law In Indigenous Or Folk Loric Culture -- Part V. Visualizing Law’s Topography -- Part VI. Visual Technologies Of Law -- Part VII. Law And Popular Visual Media: “Case Studies” -- Part VIII. Law And Popular Visual Media: In Theory -- Index.
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 15
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400770645
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 97 p. 10 illus, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in History of Science and Technology
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Drucker, Donna J. The machines of sex research
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Science History ; Engineering ; Sexual behavior ; Science, general ; Science History ; Engineering ; Sexual behavior ; Sexualwissenschaft ; Medizintechnik ; Messtechnik ; Forschung ; Geschichte 1945-1985
    Kurzfassung: The Machines of Sex Research describes how researchers worldwide integrated technology into studies of human sexuality in the postwar era. The machines they invented made new ways of seeing bodies possible. Some researchers who studied men used machines like penile strain gauges to police “deviant” male sexuality; others used less painful devices like penis-cameras to study women’s sexual responses and map the physiology of their arousal and orgasm. While researchers used the findings from their technological innovations to propose their own views of how people should view their bodies and should manage their sexual lives, their readers interpreted their findings to enact their own visions of sexuality. Drucker shows how the use of machines in sex research provided some of the intellectual underpinnings of the sexual revolution and the women’s and gay rights movements, and in turn how the sex research community developed new machines for investigations that would enhance sexual happiness rather than constrict it. The Machines of Sex Research is a key read for those interested in the intersections between human sexuality, technology, and twentieth-century social movements. Describes the little-known history of the machines of human sex research in the postwar era Shows how researchers worldwide invented and used machines to study human sexuality and the body in new ways, and how they used and improved each other's designs Relates the relationship between the machines of sex research to Cold War sexualities and gender and sexual liberation movements
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: AcknowledgementsChapter 1: The Machines of Sex Research -- Chapter 2: The Penile Strain Gauge and Aversion Therapy: Measuring and Fixing the Sexual Body -- Chapter 3: The Couples Laboratory and the Penis-Camera: Seeking the Source of Orgasm -- Chapter 4: The Vaginal Photoplethysmograph and Devices for Women: Gauging Female Arousal -- Conclusion: The Future of Human Sex Research Technologies.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 16
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765559
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XLIX, 1256 p. 26 illus., 17 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Springer International Handbooks of Education 29
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Education
    Kurzfassung: The International Handbook on Educational Leadership and Social (In)Justice creates a first-of-its-kind international forum on conceptualizing the meanings of social justice and leadership, research approaches in studying social justice and combating social injustices, school, university and teacher leadership for social justice, advocacy and advocates for social justice, socio-cultural representations of social injustices, glocal policies, and leadership development as interventions. The Handbook is as much forward-looking as it is a retrospective review of educational research literatures on social justice from a variety of educational subfields including educational leadership, higher education academic networks, special education, health education, teacher education, professional development, policy analyses, and multicultural education. The Handbook celebrates the promises of social justice while providing the educational leadership research community with concrete, contextualized illustrations on how to address inequities and combat social, political and economic injustices through the processes of education in societies and educational institutions around the world
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 17
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400760349
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VI, 281 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Contributions to Phenomenology 68
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Schutzian phenomenology and hermeneutic traditions
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Social sciences Methodology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Social sciences Methodology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hermeneutik ; Phänomenologische Soziologie ; Schütz, Alfred 1899-1959 ; Hermeneutik ; Phänomenologische Soziologie ; Schütz, Alfred 1899-1959
    Kurzfassung: Schutzian Phenomenology and Hermeneutic Traditions links Alfred Schutz to the larger hermeneutic tradition in Continental thought, illuminating the deep affinity between Schutzian phenomenology and hermeneutics. The essays collected here explore a broad spectrum of Schutzian themes and concerns, from Schutz’s concrete affinities to hermeneutic traditions, his interpretationism and the pragmatist nature of Schutz’s thought, to questions concerning the role of the media and music in our understanding of the life-world and intersubjectivity. The essays go on to explore the practical applicability of Schutz’s thoughts on questions regarding economics, literature, ethics and the limits of human understanding. Given its emphasis on the application of Schutzian ideas and concepts, this book willbe of special interest to a wide range of readers in the social sciences and humanities, who are interested in the application of phenomenology to social, political, and cultural phenomena
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: INTRODUCTORY ESSAY.- Reflections on the Relationship of ‘Social Phenomenology’ and Hermeneutics in Alfred Schutz:  An Introduction, M. STAUDIGL.- I. SCHUTZIAN PHENOMENOLOGY AND HERMENEUTIC TRADITIONS.- The Lifeworld Analysis of Alfred Schutz and the Methodology of the Social Sciences, T. EBERLE.- Understanding Sociologies and Tradition(s) of Hermeneutics, M. ENDRESS.-  Alfred Schutz and a Hermeneutical Sociology of Knowledge, H. NASU.-  The Interpretationism of Alfred Schutz or How Woodcutting can have Referential and Non-Referential Meaning, L. EMBREEII. THEORETICAL AND CONCEPTUAL REASSESSMENTS.-  Pragmatic theory of the life-world and hermeneutics of the social sciences, I. SRUBAR.-  Media Structures of the Life-World, R. AYASS.- The Musical Foundations of Alfred Schutz’ Hermeneutics of the Social World, A. G. STASCHEIT.- III. EXPLORATIONS OF THE PRACTICAL WORLD.-  Scientific Practice and the World of Working: Beyond Schutz’s Wirkwelt, D. BISCHUR.-  Hermeneutics of Transcendence:  Understanding and Communication at the Limits of Experience, A. HILT --    Alfred Schutz’s Practical-Hermeneutical Approach to Law and Normativity, I. COPOERU.-  Everyday Morality. Questions with and for Alfred Schutz, B. WALDENFELS .- IV. INVESTIGATIONS INTO MULTIPLE REALITIES.- Goffman and Schutz on multiple realities, G. PSATHAS.- Literature and the Limits of Pragmatism:  Alfred Schutz’s Goethe Manuscripts, M. D. BARBER.- Life-World Analysis and Literary Interpretation. On the Reconstruction of Symbolic Reality Spheres, J. DREHER.- Image Worlds. Aesthetic Experience and the Problem of Hermeneutics in the Social Sciences, D. TÄNZLER.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 18
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783531199450
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (386 p.))
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed (Online-Ausg.)
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Handbuch Migrationsarbeit
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Emigration and immigration - Economic aspects ; Emigration and immigration - Government policy ; Migrant labor ; Migration ; Electronic books ; Einwanderer ; Interkulturelle Sozialarbeit
    Kurzfassung: Inhaltsverzeichnis; Grußwort; MigrantInnenarbeit - eine Einführung; 1 Zielsetz ung des Handbuches; 2 Defi nitionen und Diff erenzierungen; 3 Gliederung und Konzept; Teil A Theoretische Einführung; 1.1 Soziodemografi sche Merkmale der Migrationsbevölkerung; 1 Die Volkszählung des Jahres 2011; 2 Bevölkerungsanteil; 3 Geografi sche Verteilung; 4 Demografi sche Struktur; 5 Sozialstruktur; 5.1 Herkunft und Problemlagen; 5.2 Formaler Bildungsabschluss und berufliche Bildung; 5.3 Arbeitsmarkt und soziale Lage; 5.4 Auswirkungen mangelnder Sprachkompetenz; 6 Religiöse Bindungen: Islam; 7 Überleitung
    Kurzfassung: 1.2 Soziale und politische Teilhabe1 Spezifi ka von Migrationsgruppen; 2 Mediennutz ung3; 2.1 Soziale Umgebung und Medienkonsum; 2.2 Printmedien; 2.3 Fernsehen; 2.4 Computer; 2.5 Auswirkungen des Medienkonsums; 3 Außerhäusliche Freizeit; 4 Mitgliedschaften in Gewerkschaften; 5 Politische Aktivitäten; 5.1 Politisches Interesse; 5.2 Werthaltungen und politische Einstellungen; 5.3 Wahlbeteiligung; 5.4 Parteipräferenzen; 5.5 Mitgliedschaften in Parteien; 5.6 Nicht-elektorale politische Partizipation; 6 Gibt es Parallelgesellschaften?; 7 Schlussbemerkung
    Kurzfassung: 1.3 Gesellschaftliche Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit als Indikatoren für Integration1 Rechtliche Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit; 1.1 Das Allgemeine Gleichbehandlungsgesetz; 1.2 Aufenthaltsdauer und Wahlrecht; 1.3 Einbürgerung; 2 Soziale Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit; 2.1 Sprachliche Voraussetzungen - Sprache als Voraussetzung?; 2.2 Wohnen und sozialräumliche Integration; 2.3 Gesundheit und Migration; 2.4 Vereine und Verbände; 3 Gelungene Integration oder ungleiche Lebensverhältnisse?; 1.4 Interkulturelle Arbeit zwischen Anspruch und Wirklichkeit
    Kurzfassung: 1 Kompensatorisches Konzept: Die Ausländerpädagogik2 Emanzipatorisches Konzept: Der Anspruch der interkulturellen Erziehung; 3 Partizipatives Konzept: Diversity; 4 Interkulturelle Kompetenz - die Wirklichkeit; 5 Partizipativ + Emanzipatorisch = Chance auf Interkulturalität; 1.5 Migrantenorganisationen als Motoren der Integrationsarbeit; 1 Relevanz von Selbstorganisationen; 2 Migrantenorganisationen als politische Vertretung; 3 Migrantenorganisationen als Träger sozialer Projekte; 4 Kompetenz und Vernetzung - das soziale Kapital von Migranten-organisationen
    Kurzfassung: 5 Weiterbildungsbedarfe von Migrantenorganisationen und die Grenzen von Weiterbildung5.1 Angebote und Träger; 5.2 Migrantenorganisationen als Träger von Weiterbildung; 5.3 Tandemprojekte zur Qualifizierung von Migrantenorganisationen; 5.4 Qualitätsstandards in der Weiterbildung von und für Migrantenorganisationen; 6 Schlussbetrachtung: Migrantenorganisationen und die interkulturelle Öffnung der Gesellschaft; Teil B Aktivierung von Migrantinnen und Migranten in Theorie und Praxis; 2.1 Frühkindliche Bildung; 2.1.1 Frühkindliche Bildung; 1 Einleitung
    Kurzfassung: 2 Ein Blick zurück: Interkulturelle Pädagogik und Frühpädagogik
    Kurzfassung: Deutsche mit Migrationshintergrund und Migrantinnen und Migranten aus verschiedenen Landern sind Realitat geworden in unserer Gesellschaft. Gleichzeitig mussen wir jedoch auch feststellen, dass gesellschaftliche Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit fur diese Menschen nicht vorhanden ist. Mit der Anerkennung des Einwanderungslandes Deutschland und der Tatsache der Benachteiligung werfen sich nun Fragen auf. Wie konnen Benachteiligungen abgebaut werden Was kann die deutsche Mehrheitsgesellschaft tun und was konnen die Minderheiten tun Wie kann ein Gleichgewicht hergestellt werden Welche Maßnahmen muss
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 19
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783319049908
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (201 p.))
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: SpringerBriefs on Pioneers in Science and Practice
    Serie: EBL-Schweitzer
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Ulrich Beck
    DDC: 302.12
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Preface; Contents; Part I Ulrich Beck; 1 Ulrich Beck's Scientific Leadership Profile; 2 Ulrich Beck: An Introduction to the Theory of Second Modernity and the Risk Society; 2.1…Introduction and a Short Biography; 2.2…From Slupsk to Sociological World Fame: A Short Biography; 3 Bibliography; 3.1…Books (in Chronological Order); 3.2…Book Chapters (in Reverse Chronological Order); 3.3…Journal Articles (in Reverse Chronological Order); Part II Ulrich Beck's Work in the Perspective of Colleagues; 4 The Risk Society Thesis in Environmental Politics and Management: A Global Perspective; Epilogue
    Kurzfassung: References5 Reflexive Modernization; References; 6 The Reality of Cosmopolitanism; 7 Jerusalem Versus Athens Revisited; References; Part III Selected Key Texts by Ulrich Beck; 8 Incalculable Futures: World Risk Society and Its Social and Political Implications; 8.1…Old Dangers, New Risks: Conceptual Differentiation, Historical Localization; 8.1.1 Conceptual Distinctions; 8.1.2 Historical Contextualization; 8.2…What is Meant by the 'Cosmopolitan Moment'?; Bibliography and References; 9 Individualization is Eroding Traditions Worldwide: A Comparison Between Europe and China
    Kurzfassung: 9.1…On the Distinction Between Individualism and Individualization9.2…Individualization and Social Morality; 9.3…Chinese Individualization; References; 10 Beyond Class and Nation: Reframing Social Inequalities in a Globalizing World; 10.1…Introduction; 10.2…''What Exactly Constitutes Individualization and to What Extent has it Really Displaced Class?''; 10.2.1 What Does Individualization Mean Empirically?; 10.2.2 Beyond the Normal Family and Normal Class; 10.3…The Transnationalization of Social Inequalities; 10.3.1 Critique of Methodological Nationalism; 10.3.2 Politics of Framing
    Kurzfassung: 10.4…The Inequality of Global Risks10.5…Pan-European Inequalities; 10.6…Border Artistes: Agency, Legitimacy and Immigrant Dynamics; 10.7…Prospect: The 'Modernity Dispute' in International Sociology; References; 11 The Two Faces of Religion; References; 12 The Global Chaos of Love: Towards a Cosmopolitan Turn in the Sociology of Love and Families; 12.1…Cosmopolitan Families: Characteristics and Constellations; 12.2…Cosmopolitan Theory; 12.3…The Rise of a Transnational Shadow Economy; 12.3.1 The Stalled Revolution; 12.3.2 From Mother's Task to Migrants' Job; 12.3.3 By Silent Agreement
    Kurzfassung: 12.4…Transnational Motherhood and Global Care Chains12.4.1 A Global Hierarchy of Care; 12.5…Loss and Gain: Cosmopolitan Comparisons; 12.5.1 Seeing with the Eyes of the Respective 'Other'; 12.6…Conclusions; References; 13 Reframing Power in the Globalized World; References; 14 We Do Not Live in an Age of Cosmopolitanism but in an Age of Cosmopolitization: The 'Global Other' is in Our Midst; 14.1…Critique of Methodological Nationalism; 14.2…How to Research 'Really Existing Cosmopolitization'?; 14.2.1 Cuisine; 14.2.2 Migration; 14.2.3 Work and Workers; 14.2.4 Love; 14.2.5 Kidneys
    Kurzfassung: 14.2.6 Villages
    Kurzfassung: This book presents Ulrich Beck, one of the world's leading sociologists and social thinkers, as a Pioneer in Cosmopolitan Sociology and Risk Society. His world risk society theory has been confirmed by recent disasters ? events that have shaken modern society to the core, signaling the end of an era in which comprehensive insurance could keep us safe. Due to its own successes, modern society now faces failure: while in the past experiments were conducted in a lab, now the whole world is a test bed. Whether nuclear plants, genetically modified organisms, nanotechnology ? if any of these experim
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 20
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783531199634
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (380 Seiten)
    Ausgabe: 2. Auflage
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Quartiersforschung
    DDC: 307.76072
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Adaptation, Psychological ; Social ecology ; Social history - 20th century ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Stadtviertel ; Stadtforschung
    Kurzfassung: Inhaltsverzeichnis; Einführung zur zweiten Auflage und Zusammenfassung der Beiträge; Die Beiträge im Überblick; I Überblick; Quartiersforschung im Überblick: Konzepte, Definitionen und aktuelle Perspektiven; 1 Unterwegs in dynamischen Mikrowelten; 2 Acht Portale zum Quartier; 2.1 Sozialökologie: Quartiere zwischen Zyklizität und Homöostase; 2.3 Housing Demography - Quartiere als Orte von Bevölkerungsbewegungen; 2.4 Soziographie - holistische Quartiersbetrachtung; 2.5 Nachbarschaft - von Subkulturalität, Lebenswelten und Aktionsräumen
    Kurzfassung: 2.6 Urban Governance und professionelle Akteure im Quartier2.7 (Neo-)Marxistisch orientierte Theorieansätze: Produktion und Regulation des Quartiers; 2.8 Neuere Raumtheoretische Ansätze und Poststrukturalismus: Quartierskonstruktion und Quartiersdekonstruktion; 3 Definitionen? Abgrenzungen? Die Ambivalenz von realer Komplexität und notwendiger Vereinfachung; 3.1 Begriffsverwendung und Definitionen von „Quartier"; 3.2 Muss man ein „Quartier" abgrenzen können? Und: wie?; 3.3 Versuch einer Re-Definition von Quartier als „Fuzzy Concept"; 4 Fazit: Wozu „Quartiersforschung"?; Literatur
    Kurzfassung: II Theoretische Perspektiven auf das QuartierStadt der Quartiere? Das Place-Konzept und die Idee von urbanen Dörfern; 1 Eckpunkte des Place-Konzeptes im Kontext der Quartiersforschung; 1.1 Zur symbolischen Dimension von Place; 1.2 Zur sozialen Dimension von Place; 1.3 Zur physischen Dimension von Place; 2 Place-Studien: Das Beispiel ‚Urbane Dörfer' und weitere Felder der empirischen Praxis; 3 Die Stadt der Quartiere als Summe urbaner Dörfer?; 4 Das Place-Konzept in der Quartiersforschung - eine Evaluation; Literatur
    Kurzfassung: Die Metapher vom Raum als soziale Landschaft: Perspektiven zur Überwindung der Dichotomie von Quartierkonzeptionen1 Das Quartier in der klassischen Stadtforschung; 2 Relativistische Ansätze inner- und ausserhalb des absolutistischen Raumverständnisses; 3 Die Metapher des Raums als soziale Landschaften; 4 Junge Erwachsene in der Stadt Basel: empirische Annäherung an das Konzept der sozialen Landschaften; 4.1 Landschaftstyp: Transnationale soziale Netzwerke und der Rückzug in der segregierten Stadt
    Kurzfassung: 4.2 Landschaftstyp: Lokale Netzwerke und Orte gemeinsamer Alltagskultur in der sozialpädagogischen Stadt5 Fazit; Literatur; Quartier als Landschaft? Eine Exploration am Beispiel des Wandels in Berlin-Moabit; 1 Das Quartier als Landschaft; 2 Das Fallbeispiel Berlin-Moabit: Quartiersensembles als Landschaften des sozialen Wandels; 3 Vormoderne: Moabit als quasi-natürliche Antithese zur Stadt; 4 Frühmoderne: Moabit als dynamische Industrielandschaft; 5 Einschnitte: Trümmerlandschaften; 6 Hochmoderne: Multikulturelle Arbeiter- und Justizlandschaft
    Kurzfassung: 7 Postmoderne: Moabit als fragmentierte Investitions- und Desinvestitionslandschaft
    Kurzfassung: Wohnviertel, Stadtquartiere, Kieze: Für BewohnerInnen sind sie nicht mehr und nicht weniger als die lokale Verankerung in der (Groß)stadt und der globalisierten Welt. In der Wissenschaft existieren inzwischen vielfältige Diskurse über den lokalen Nahraum. Ebenso wichtig ist das Quartier als strategische Planungskategorie: Es hat als Meso-Level zwischen Stadt und Individualebene in den letzten Jahren geradezu Karriere gemacht - im Rahmen von Stadtentwicklungsprogrammen ebenso wie in der Wohnungswirtschaft. Mit dem Ziel, einen vertieften Dialog anzustoßen, zeigen die AutorInnen dieser aktualisie
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 21
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400779143
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (vi, 248 Seiten)
    Serie: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology Volume 17
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als The moral status of technical artefacts
    DDC: 303.483
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Technology -- Social aspects ; Engineering design -- Philosophy ; Technology ; Social aspects ; Engineering design ; Philosophy ; Electronic books ; Engineering ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Political science ; Technology ; Technik ; Artefakt ; Ethik ; Artefakt ; Ethik ; Technik
    Kurzfassung: This book considers the question: to what extent does it make sense to qualify technical artefacts as moral entities? The authors' contributions trace recent proposals and topics including instrumental and non-instrumental values of artefacts, agency and artefactual agency, values in and around technologies, and the moral significance of technology. The editors' introduction explains that as 'agents' rather than simply passive instruments, technical artefacts may actively influence their users, changing the way they perceive the world, the way they act in the world and the way they interact with each other. This volume features the work of various experts from around the world, representing a variety of positions on the topic. Contributions explore the contested discourse on agency in humans and artefacts, defend the Value Neutrality Thesis by arguing that technological artefacts do not contain, have or exhibit values, or argue that moral agency involves both human and non-human elements.The book also investigates technological fields that are subject to negative moral valuations due to the harmful effects of some of their products. It includes an analysis of some difficulties arising in Artificial Intelligence and an exploration of values in Chemistry and in Engineering. The Moral Status of Technical Artefacts is an advanced exploration of the various dimensions of the relations between technology and morality.
    Kurzfassung: Intro -- Contents -- Chapter 1: Introduction: The Moral Status of Technical Artefacts -- Reference -- Chapter 2: Agency in Humans and in Artifacts: A Contested Discourse -- 2.1 Intentions, Ethics, and Artifacts -- 2.2 Artifacts with Secondary Agency -- 2.3 Artifacts as Delegated Agents -- 2.4 Artifacts and Cultures -- 2.5 Questioning Conclusions -- References -- Chapter 3: Towards a Post-human Intra-actional Account of Sociomaterial Agency (and Morality) -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Making Sense of Sociomaterial Agency (and Morality) -- 3.2.1 The Inter-actional Human-Centred Account of Sociomaterial Agency -- 3.2.2 The Intra-actional Post-humanist Account of Sociomaterial Agency -- 3.3 Figuring Intra-actional Agency in the Plagiarism Detection Phenomenon -- 3.3.1 'Cutting and Pasting' and the Reconstitution of Writing and Authorship -- 3.3.2 The Emergence of the Phenomenon of Plagiarism -- 3.3.3 'Cutting and Pasting' and the Constitution of the Plagiarist -- 3.3.4 PDS, Education and the Production of Intellectual Property -- 3.4 Intra-actional Agency and Disclosive Ethics -- 3.4.1 Disclosive Archaeology of Phenomena -- 3.4.2 Towards Intra-actional Responsibility -- References -- Chapter 4: Which Came First, the Doer or the Deed? -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Individualism -- 4.3 A Modernist Frame -- 4.4 Composite Agency -- 4.5 A Postmodernist Frame -- 4.6 Zooming Out -- 4.7 Conclusion -- References -- Chapter 5: Some Misunderstandings About the Moral Significance of Technology -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Do Artifacts Have Morality? -- 5.3 Do Artifacts Have Agency? -- 5.4 Can Things Have Intentionality? -- 5.5 Can Freedom Be Technologically Mediated? -- 5.6 Conclusion: Is There a Symmetry Between Humans and Technologies? -- References -- Chapter 6: "Guns Don't Kill, People Kill" -- Values in and/or Around Technologies -- 6.1 Introduction.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references at the end of each chapters. Description based on print version record
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 22
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400778290
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (278 pages) , illustrations.
    Serie: Social Indicators Research Series 53
    Serie: Social Indicators Research Ser. v.53
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Quality of life ; Humanities ; Quality of life -- Research ; Developmental psychology ; Social sciences ; Quality of life ; Humanities ; Quality of life ; Research ; Developmental psychology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: This publication will fill a significant gap in the literature on quality of life and subjective wellbeing by addressing the gender dimensions of people's lived experience and emphasizing how gender relationships differentially impact on women's and girls' as well as men's and boys' subjective wellbeing across the lifespan. Sex-disaggregation of data on objective conditions of quality of life is now routinely undertaken in many countries of the world. However, despite the burgeoning of objective data on sex differences in life conditions across the world, very little gender analysis is carried out to explain fully such difference and there is still a serious dearth of data on gender differences in subjective experiences of quality of life and wellbeing. This publication will assist researchers, teachers, service providers and policy makers in filling some of the gaps in currently available literature on the nexus between age and gender in producing differential experiences of subjective wellbeing. The book brings together research which compares female's and male's subjective experiences of wellbeing at various life stages from a variety of countries and regions, particularly focusing on women's subjective wellbeing.
    Kurzfassung: Intro -- Contents -- Contributors -- Chapter-1 -- Gender, Lifespan, Cultural Context and QOL -- References -- Chapter-2 -- Personal Well-being and Interpersonal Communication of 12-16 Year-Old Girls and Their Own Mothers: Gender and Intergenerational Issues -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Method Procedure and Sample -- 2.2.1 Description of the Variables -- 2.3 Results -- 2.3.1 Activities -- 2.3.2 Conversations -- 2.3.3 Satisfaction -- 2.3.4 Values Aspired to for the Girls' Future -- 2.3.5 Explained Model of Girls' and Mothers' Satisfaction with Life as a Whole -- 2.4 Discussion -- References -- Chapter-3 -- Gender Dimensions of Life Quality for Adults in Australia -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Subjective Wellbeing Homeostasis -- 3.3 Homeostatic Buffers -- 3.4 External Buffers -- 3.5 Internal Buffers -- 3.6 Gender Differences -- 3.7 Method -- 3.8 Results -- 3.8.1 Gender × Survey -- 3.8.2 Personal Wellbeing Domains -- 3.8.3 Domain Stability Across Surveys × Gender -- 3.8.4 Demographic Influences on Gender Differences in SWB -- 3.8.5 Age -- 3.8.6 Living Alone -- 3.8.7 Relationship Status -- 3.8.8 Work Status -- 3.9 Discussion -- 3.9.1 Overall Pattern of Gender Differences -- 3.9.2 Age -- 3.9.3 Living Alone -- 3.9.4 Work Status -- 3.10 Summary -- References -- Chapter-4 -- Chasing the 'Good Life': GenderDifferences in Work Aspirationsof American Men and Women -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Conceptual Framework -- 4.3 Data and Methods -- 4.4 Results -- 4.4.1 Gender Differences in Aspirations and Attainments -- 4.4.1.1 Material Goods -- 4.4.1.2 Good Health -- 4.4.1.3 Family Life -- 4.4.1.4 Work -- 4.4.1.5 Work Aspirations over the Life Course -- 4.5 Summary and Discussion -- References -- Chapter-5 -- Gender Dimensions of Quality of Life in Algeria -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Gender Equalities: The Current Situation.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed January 12, 2014)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 23
    ISBN: 9789400775954 , 9400775954 , 9789400775961 , 9400775962
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 196 p.) , ill. , 24 cm.
    DDC: 306.0
    Schlagwort(e): Health Status Indicators ; Health Surveys ; Europe ; Statistics ; Tables
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references (p. 189-192) and index
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 24
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400770638
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (104 p)
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: Springerbriefs in History of Science and Technology
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in History of Science and Technology Ser.
    Paralleltitel: Print version The Machines of Sex Research : Technology and the Politics of Identity, 1945-1985
    DDC: 306.7072
    Schlagwort(e): Sexology ; Research ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: The Machines of Sex Research describes how researchers worldwide integrated technology into studies of human sexuality in the postwar era. The machines they invented made new ways of seeing bodies possible. Some researchers who studied men used machines like penile strain gauges to police ""deviant"" male sexuality; others used less painful devices like penis-cameras to study women's sexual responses and map the physiology of their arousal and orgasm. While researchers used the findings from their technological innovations to propose their own views of how people should view their bodies and s
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Acknowledgments; Contents; 1 The Machines of Sex Research; Abstract; Chapter Overview; Theoretical Background; Historical Background; References; 2 The Penile Strain Gauge and Aversion Therapy: Measuring and Fixing the Sexual Body; Abstract; Historical Background; The Sex Research Laboratory; Aversion Therapy; Resistance; Conclusion; 3 The Couples Laboratory and the Penis-Camera: Seeking the Source of Orgasm; Abstract; The Visible Body in the Laboratory; What the Machines Discovered about the Sexual Body; Criticizing the Mechanization of Sexuality; Conclusion; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4 The Vaginal Photoplethysmograph and Devices for Women: Gauging Female ArousalAbstract; Measure for Measure: Inventing Machines for Female Sexual Response; The Vaginal Photoplethysmograph, the Labial Clip, and the Thermograph; Conclusion; References; 5 Conclusion: The Future of Human Sex Research Technologies; Abstract; References
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 25
    ISBN: 9789400775572
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 408 Seiten)
    Paralleltitel: Print version Air Quality Management : Canadian Perspectives on a Global Issue
    DDC: 399
    Schlagwort(e): Environmental sciences ; Public health ; Environmental protection ; Air quality management -- Canada ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This book provides a wide overview of the issues related to managing of air quality in Canada. Learn about the air issues that have caused impacts to ecosystems or human health and hence been targeted to be managed. Discover how Canadas national governance involving a federal government along with provincial and territorial governments impacts the air quality management process. Understand how Canadians manage their air quality in context with the USA, their largest and closest neighbour. Benefit from the experience of 43 of Canadas most experienced air quality management professionals who share their insights into the state of air quality in Canada today, how it is managed, as well as giving a glimpse into the future.?
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: part I. Air pollution sciencepart II. Air quality impacts -- part III. Management of emissions -- part Ivolume Policy and planning -- part volume Communicating air quality information.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 26
    ISBN: 9789401786072
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VII, 105 p. 58 illus, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Well-Being and Quality of Life Research
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Lippman, Laura H. Flourishing children
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology ; Quality of Life ; Developmental psychology ; Psychometrics
    Kurzfassung: This volume presents the results of the Flourishing Children Project. The study addressed gaps in the research on indicators of positive development of adolescents. Such indicators are essential for the balanced and scientifically sound study of adolescents. Yet measures of many aspects of flourishing are not available, and when they do exist, they are rarely measured in a developmentally appropriate manner for adolescents. In addition, they are often too long for program evaluations and surveys, have not been tested on diverse populations, nor carefully validated as predictors of positive outcomes. The Flourishing Children Project undertook the development of scales for adolescents ages 12-17 for 19 aspects of flourishing covering six domains: flourishing in school and work, personal flourishing, flourishing in relationships, relationship skills, helping others to flourish, and environmental stewardship. This volume describes the four-stage process of developing the scales, including: Reviewing the literature for extant measures for items to test and synthesizing the existing research into consensus definitions for each construct; conducting cognitive testing of items with adolescents and their parents; pilot testing the items; and conducting psychometric analyses
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 27
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783827429070
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (209 p)
    Paralleltitel: Print version 50 Schlüsselideen der Menschheit
    DDC: 010
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy.. ; Theology ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Eine Entdeckungsreise zu den großen Ideen und weltbewegenden Konzepten der MenschheitsgeschichtePlatonismus Aristotelismus Die Goldene Regel Altruismus Freiheit Toleranz Skeptizismus Vernunft Strafe Materialismus Relativismus Utilitarismus Existenzialismus Das Böse Schicksal Seele Glaube Fundamentalismus Atheismus Säkularismus Kreationismus Krieg Pflicht Utopie Liberalismus Demokratie Konservatismus Imperialismus Nationalismus Multikulturalismus Gesellschaftsvertrag Republikanismus Kommunismus Faschismus Rassismus Feminismus Islamismus Kapitalismus Globalisierung Klassizismus Romantik Moderne
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Cover; Title Page; Table of Contents; Einleitung; 01 Platonismus; 02 Aristotelismus; 03 Die Goldene Regel; 04 Altruismus; 05 Freiheit; 06 Toleranz; 07 Skeptizismus; 08 Vernunft; 09 Strafe; 10 Materialismus; 11 Relativismus; 12 Utilitarismus; 13 Existenzialismus; 14 Das Böse; 15 Schicksal; 16 Seele; 17 Glaube; 18 Fundamentalismus; 19 Atheismus; 20 Säkularismus; 21 Kreationismus; 22 Krieg; 23 Pflicht; 24 Utopie; 25 Liberalismus; 26 Demokratie; 27 Konservatismus; 28 Imperialismus; 29 Nationalismus; 30 Multikulturalismus; 31 Gesellschaftsvertrag; 32 Republikanismus; 33 Kommunismus; 34 Faschismus
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 35 Rassismus36 Feminismus; 37 Islamismus; 38 Kapitalismus; 39 Globalisierung; 40 Klassizismus; 41 Romantik; 42 Moderne; 43 Surrealismus; 44 Zensur; 45 Evolution; 46 Gaia; 47 Chaos; 48 Relativität; 49 Quantenmechanik; 50 Der Urknall; Glossar; Index; Copyright Page
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 28
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401780056
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIII, 592 p. 29 illus., 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research 29
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Higher Education ; 29
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Curriculum planning ; Education, Higher ; Education ; USA ; Hochschulbildung
    Kurzfassung: Published annually since 1985, the Handbook series provides a compendium of thorough and integrative literature reviews on a diverse array of topics of interest to the higher education scholarly and policy communities. Each chapter provides a comprehensive review of research findings on a selected topic, critiques the research literature in terms of its conceptual and methodological rigor and sets forth an agenda for future research intended to advance knowledge on the chosen topic. The Handbook focuses on a comprehensive set of central areas of study in higher education that encompasses the salient dimensions of scholarly and policy inquiries undertaken in the international higher education community. Each annual volume contains chapters on such diverse topics as research on college students and faculty, organization and administration, curriculum and instruction, policy, diversity issues, economics and finance, history and philosophy, community colleges, advances in research methodology and more. The series is fortunate to have attracted annual contributions from distinguished scholars throughout the world
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 29
    ISBN: 9789401789592
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXV, 261 p. 38 illus., 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Ecology ; Environmental geology. ; Geoecology. ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Human Geography ; Physical geography.
    Kurzfassung: In this edited volume leading scholars from different disciplinary backgrounds wrestle with social science integration opportunities and challenges. This book explores the growing concern of how best to achieve effective integration of the social science disciplines as a means for furthering natural resource social science and environmental problem solving. The chapters provide an overview of the history, vision, advances, examples, and methods that could lead to integration. The quest for integration among the social sciences is not new. Some argue that the social sciences have lagged in their advancements and contributions to society due to their inability to address integration related issues. Integration merits debate for a number of reasons. First, natural resource issues are complex and are affected by multiple proximate driving social factors. Single disciplinary studies focused at one level are unlikely to provide explanations that represent this complexity and are limited in their ability to inform policy recommendations. Complex problems are best explored across disciplines that examine social-ecological phenomenon from different scales. Second, multi-disciplinary initiatives such as those with physical and biological scientists are necessary to understand the scope of the social sciences. Too frequently there is a belief that one social scientist on a multi-disciplinary team provides adequate social science representation. Third, more complete models of human behavior will be achieved through a synthesis of diverse social science perspectives
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 30
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400769588
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XV, 843 p. 2 illus. eReference, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy—History. ; Philosophy ; Metaphysics ; Philosophy.
    Kurzfassung: The History of Philosophy in Australia and New Zealand is a comprehensive account of the historical development of philosophy in Australia and New Zealand, from the establishment of the first Philosophy Chair in Australasia in 1886 at the University of Melbourne to the current burgeoning of Australasian philosophy. The work is divided into two broad sections, the first providing an account of significant developments and events during various periods in the history of Australasian philosophy, and the second focusing on ideas and theories that have been influential in various disciplines within Australasian philosophy. The work consists of chapters contributed by various philosophers, on specific fields of inquiry or historical periods within Australasian philosophy
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 31
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401794510
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XII, 90 p, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy
    Kurzfassung: This book addresses a tightly knit cluster of questions in the philosophy of mind. There is the question: Are mental properties identical with physical properties? An affirmative answer would seem to secure the truth of physicalism regarding the mind, i.e., the belief that all mental phenomena obtain solely in virtue of physical phenomena. If the answer is negative, then the question arises: Can this solely in virtue of relation be understood as some kind of dependence short of identity? And answering this requires answering two further questions. Exactly what sort of dependence on the physical does physicalism require, and what is needed for a property or phenomenon to qualify as physical? It is argued that multiple realizability still provides irresistible proof (especially with the possibility of immaterial realizers) that mental properties are not identical with any properties of physics, chemistry, or biology. After refuting various attempts to formulate nonreductive physicalism with the notion of realization, a new definition of physicalism is offered. This definition shows how it could be that the mental depends solely on the physical even if mental properties are not identical with those of the natural sciences. Yet, it is also argued that the sort of psychophysical dependence described is robust enough that if it were to obtain, then in a plausible and robust sense of ‘physical’, mental properties would still qualify as physical properties
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 32
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048129218
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XI, 422 p, online resource)
    Serie: Dao Companions to Chinese Philosophy 5
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Dao companion to Japanese Confucian philosophy
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Regional planning ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy, Confucian--Japan. ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Japan ; Konfuzianismus ; Ideengeschichte 1600-1868
    Kurzfassung: This volume features in-depth philosophical analyses of major Japanese Confucian philosophers as well as themes and topics addressed in their writings. Its main historical focus is the early-modern period (1600-1868), when much original Confucian philosophizing occurred. Written by scholars from the United States, Canada, Europe, Australia, Japan, and China and eclectic in methodology and disciplinary approach, this anthology seeks to advance new multidimensional studies of Japanese Confucian philosophy for English language readers. It presents essays that focus on Japanese Confucianism, while including topics related to Buddhism, Shintō, Nativism, and even Andō Shōeki 安藤昌益 (1703-1762), one of the most vehement critics of Confucianism in all of East Asia. The book builds on the premise that Japanese Confucian philosophy consists in the ongoing engagement in critical, self-reflective discussions of and speculative theorizing about ethics, epistemology, metaphysics, political theory, and spiritual problems, as well as aesthetics, cosmology, and ontology
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 33
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400709294
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXXVII, 1860 p. 29 illus., 26 illus. in color. eReference, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Humanities ; Humanities / Arts ; Ethics ; Philosophy of nature ; Agriculture ; Environmental law ; Landwirtschaft ; Nahrung ; Ethik
    Kurzfassung: This Encyclopedia offers a definitive source on issues pertaining to the full range of topics in the important new area of food and agricultural ethics. It includes summaries of historical approaches, current scholarship, social movements, and new trends from the standpoint of the ethical notions that have shaped them. It combines detailed analyses of specific topics such as the role of antibiotics in animal production, the Green Revolution, and alternative methods of organic farming, with longer entries that summarize general areas of scholarship and explore ways that they are related. Renewed debate, discussion and inquiry into food and agricultural topics have become a hallmark of the turn toward more sustainable policies and lifestyles in the 21st century. Attention has turned to the goals and ethical rationale behind production, distribution and consumption of food, as well as to non-food uses of cultivated biomass and the products of animal husbandry. These wide-ranging debates encompass questions in human nutrition, animal rights and the environmental impacts of aquaculture and agricultural production. Each of these and related topics is both technically complex and involves an - often implicit - ethical dimension. Other topics include methods for integrating ethics into scientific and technical research programs or development projects, the role of intensive agriculture and biotechnology in addressing persistent world hunger and the role of crops, forests and engineered organisms in making a transition to renewable, carbon-neutral sources of energy. The Encyclopedia of Food and Agricultural Ethics proves an indispensible reference point for future research and writing on topics in agriculture and food ethics for decades to come
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 34
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401786454
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XI, 186 p. 22 illus, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Lu, Xiaofei Computational methods for corpus annotation and analysis
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Computational methods for corpus annotation and analysis
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Translators (Computer programs) ; Applied linguistics ; Linguistics ; Korpus ; Computerlinguistik
    Kurzfassung: In the past few decades the use of increasingly large text corpora has grown rapidly in language and linguistics research. This was enabled by remarkable strides in natural language processing (NLP) technology, technology that enables computers to automatically and efficiently process, annotate and analyze large amounts of spoken and written text in linguistically and/or pragmatically meaningful ways. It has become more desirable than ever before for language and linguistics researchers who use corpora in their research to gain an adequate understanding of the relevant NLP technology to take full advantage of its capabilities. This volume provides language and linguistics researchers with an accessible introduction to the state-of-the-art NLP technology that facilitates automatic annotation and analysis of large text corpora at both shallow and deep linguistic levels. The book covers a wide range of computational tools for lexical, syntactic, semantic, pragmatic and discourse analysis, together with detailed instructions on how to obtain, install and use each tool in different operating systems and platforms. The book illustrates how NLP technology has been applied in recent corpus-based language studies and suggests effective ways to better integrate such technology in future corpus linguistics research. This book provides language and linguistics researchers with a valuable reference for corpus annotation and analysis.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 35
    ISBN: 9789048194735
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XII, 988 p. 79 illus., 18 illus. in color. eReference, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Eemeren, Frans H. van, 1946 - Handbook of argumentation theory
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Logic ; Law ; Social sciences ; Linguistics. ; Argumentationstheorie
    Kurzfassung: The Handbook Argumentation Theory provides an up to date survey of the various theoretical contributions to the development of argumentation theory for all scholars interested in argumentation, informal logic and rhetoric. It describes the historical roots of modern argumentation theory that are still an important theoretical background to contemporary approaches. Because of the complexity, diversity and rate of developments in argumentation theory, there is a real need for an overview of the state of the art, the main approaches that can be distinguished and the distinctive features of these approaches. The Handbook covers classical and modern backgrounds to the study of argumentation, the New Rhetoric developed by Perelman and Olbrechts-Tyteca, the Toulmin model, formal approaches, informal logic, communication and rhetoric, pragmatic approaches, linguistic approaches and pragma-dialectics. The Handbook is co-authored by Frans H. van Eemeren, Bart Garssen, Erik C.W. Krabbe, A. Francisca Snoeck Henkemans, Bart Verheij and Jean Wagemans, who are a coherent and prominent writing team whose expertise covers the whole field. The authors are assisted by an international Editorial Board consisting of outstanding argumentation scholars whose fields of interest are represented in the volume
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 36
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783319065267
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 338 p. 65 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Models and Modeling in Science Education 8
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Science teachers' use of visual representations
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Visualisierung
    Kurzfassung: This book examines the diverse use of visual representations by teachers in the science classroom. It contains unique pedagogies related to the use of visualization, presents original curriculum materials as well as explores future possibilities. The book begins by looking at the significance of visual representations in the teaching of science. It then goes on to detail two recent innovations in the field: simulations and slowmation, a process of explicit visualization. It also evaluates the way teachers have used different diagrams to illustrate concepts in biology and chemistry. Next, the book explores the use of visual representations in culturally diverse classrooms, including the implication of culture for teachers’ use of representations, the crucial importance of language in the design and use of visualizations, and visualizations in popular books about chemistry. It also shows the place of visualizations in the growing use of informal, self-directed science education. Overall, the book concludes that if the potential of visualizations in science education is to be realized in the future, the subject must be included in both pre-service and in-service teacher education. It explores ways to develop science teachers’ representational competence and details the impact that this will have on their teaching. The worldwide trend towards providing science education for all, coupled with the increased availability of color printing, access to personal computers and projection facilities, has lead to a more extensive and diverse use of visual representations in the classroom. This book offers unique insights into the relationship between visual representations and science education, making it an ideal resource for educators as well as researchers in science education, visualization and pedagogy
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Section A: Research into teaching with visual representationsIntroduction -- Chapter 1 : The significance of visual representations in the teaching of science, B. Eilam, J.K. Gilbert -- Chapter 2 : Teaching and researching visual representations: Shared vision or divided world? S. Ainsworth & L. Newton -- Section B: Teachers’ selections, constructions and use of visual representations -- Introduction -- Chapter 3 : Representing visually: What teachers know and what they prefer, B. Eilam, Y. Poyas, R. Hasimshoni -- Chapter 4 : Slowmation: A process of explicit visualisation, J. Loughran -- Chapter 5 : Secondary biology teachers’ use of different types of diagrams for different purposes, Y. Liu, M. Won, D.F. Treagust -- Chapter 6 : Teaching stoichiometry with particulate diagrams - linking macro phenomena and chemical equations, M.W. Cheng, J.K. Gilbert -- Section C: Teachers’ use of visual representations in culturally-diverse classrooms -- Introduction -- Chapter 7 : Thoughts on visualizations in diverse cultural settings: The case of France and Pakistan, E. De Vries, M. Ashraf -- Chapter 8 : The implication of culture for teachers’ use of representations, B. Waldrip, S. Satupo, F. Rodie -- Chapter 9 : The interplay between language and visualization: The role of the teacher, L. Mammino -- Chapter 10: Visualizations in popular books about chemistry, J.K. Gilbert, A. Afonso -- Section D: Teachers’ supporting student learning from visual representations -- Introduction -- Chapter 11 : Teachers using interactive simulations to scaffold inquiry instruction in physical science education, D. Geelan, X.Fan -- Chapter 12: Transformed instruction: Teaching in a student-generated representations learning environment, O. Parnafes, R. Trachtenberg-Maslaton -- Chapter 13: The laboratory for making things: Developing multiple representations of knowledge, J. Bamberger -- Section E: Overview -- Chapter 14: Developing science teachers’ representational competence and its impact on their teaching, J.K.Gilbert, B. Eilam.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 37
    ISBN: 9400775032 , 9789400775039
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (xxii, 516 pages) , illustrations
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: Science across cultures : the history of non-Western science volume 7
    Paralleltitel: Print version Parenting Across Cultures : Childrearing, Motherhood and Fatherhood in Non-Western Cultures
    DDC: 306.874
    Schlagwort(e): Parenting Cross-cultural studies
    Kurzfassung: This book highlights the strong connection between culture and parenting. It includes many different cultural views on parenting and examines such issues as depression, academic achievement, adolescent identity, abusive parenting, and stepparents
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contents; Contributors; Introduction; References; Parenting Practices and Shyness in Chinese Children; Introduction; Culture and Parenting: A Theoretical Model; Parenting Practices in Chinese Cultural Contexts; Chinese Culture and Shyness; Parenting Practices and Shyness in Chinese Children; Conclusion; References; Parenting in Hong Kong: Traditional Chinese Cultural Roots and Contemporary Phenomena; Introduction; Chinese Cultural Influences on Parenting in Hong Kong; Parenting Literature in Traditional Chinese Culture with Relevance to Hong Kong
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Changing Parenting in Contemporary Hong KongObservation 1: Traditional Chinese Parenting Attributes Still Exist but There Are Gradual Changes; Observation 2: There Is a Shift from "Strict Fathers, Kind Mothers" to "Strict Mothers, Kind Fathers" or "Involved Mothers, Detached Fathers"; Observation 3: Academic Excellence Is Still the Paramount Socialization Goal; Observation 4: Worrying Phenomena Related to Parenting; Observation 5: Parent-Child Discrepancies Exist in Perceived Parenting Processes; Observation 6: Parenting Processes Are Relatively Poorer in Vulnerable Families
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Observation 7: Lack of Evidence-Based Parenting Programs Appendices; Appendix 1: Examples of the 24 Piety Stories; Appendix 2: English Translation of "At Home, Be Dutiful to My Parents" in Standards for Being a Good Student and Child (Di Zi Gui); At Home, Be Dutiful to My Parents; References; Parenting in India; Introduction; Parental Readiness for the Arrival of the Baby; Parental Encouragement in Early Childhood; Regulation and Freedom During Adolescence; Parenting in Joint Family Structure; Parenting and Children in North East India
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Government of India Programmes that Focus on Improving Parenting Styles in IndiaReferences; Parenting in Vietnam; Geography, History and Economics; Parenting; Family Structure and Roles; New Trends in Family Structure; Parenting Goals; Disciplinary Measures; Other Issues; Adolescents and Communication About Sex; Parenting Children with Developmental Delays; Immigration and Acculturation Issues; Conclusion; References; Child Rearing in Japan; Introduction; Wanted! More Japanese Babies; Families and Child Rearing in Nineteenth and Twentieth Century Japan
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Japanese Child Rearing: Then and Now Fathers; Summary and Conclusions; References; Parental Beliefs and Fathers' and Mothers' Roles in Malaysian Families; Ethnic Composition; The Sociocultural Context of Gender Roles and Parental Beliefs; Fathers' and Mothers' Involvement in Childcare; Contemporary Lifestyle and Parenting; Summary and Implications for Research and Policy; References; Parenting in Pakistan: An Overview; Introduction; Pakistan; Family Norms and Religious Values Central to Parenting; Religion; Norms of Family Structure; Strategies in Childrearing; Marriage
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The "Extended" Family
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 38
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401795913
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (x, 48 pages) , illustrations (some color)
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Population Studies
    Paralleltitel: Print version A Comparative Analysis of European Time Transfers between Generations and Genders
    DDC: 304.2/37
    Schlagwort(e): Time Sociological aspects ; Time management ; Intergenerational relations ; Europe ; Gender identity ; Research ; Europe ; Time and economic reactions ; Economics ; Sociological aspects ; Europe ; Households ; Europe ; Statistics ; Economic indicators ; Europe ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This comparative study of European time transfers reveals the full extent of transfers in the form of unpaid work and highlights the existence of important gender differences in household time production. A large quantity of goods and services are produced by household members for their own consumption, without involving market transactions. Despite the economic and social importance of unpaid work, these productive activities are largely invisible to traditional national economic accounts. As a consequence, standard measures of intergenerational transfers typically ignore household production, and thus underestimate the overall value of goods and services produced over the life cycle; in particular, the economic contribution of females. The book uses a life course approach to offer policy-relevant insights into the effect of demographic and social change on intergenerational ties and gender inequality in household production.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; Chapter 1; Socio-demographic and Economic Factors Affecting Intergenerational and Gender Relationships in Europe; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Recent Evolution of Labor Market Participation Within Europe and Across European Countries; 1.3 Labor Market Flexibility; 1.4 Household Composition and Transition to Adulthood in Europe; 1.5 Employment Patterns of Households with Young Children; 1.6 Childcare Facilities and Social Expenditure; Discussion and Conclusions; References; Chapter 2
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Time is Economically Valuable: Production, Consumption and Transfers of Time by Age and Sex2.1 Introduction; 2.2 National Transfer Accounts and the Economic Life Cycle; 2.3 Patterns of Intergenerational Monetary Transfers; 2.4 Monetary Transfers and Beyond: The Role of Time-use; 2.4.1 Incorporating Household Production into National Income and Product Accounts; 2.4.2 Household Production in the Generational Economy; 2.5 Time Use Data; 2.6 Time Production; 2.7 Time Consumption; 2.8 The Life Cycle Deficit; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Heterogeneity in Unpaid Household Production over the Life Course3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Profiles by Age, Sex, and Household Structure; 3.3 Profiles by Age, Sex and Education; 3.4 Trends Over Time; Conclusion; References; Concluding Remarks
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 39
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9401786070 , 9789401786072
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in well-being and quality of life research
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Well-Being and Quality of Life Research Ser.
    Paralleltitel: Print version Flourishing children
    DDC: 155.5180287
    Schlagwort(e): Developmental psychology ; Behavioral assessment of teenagers ; Adolescent psychology ; Behavioral assessment of teenagers.. ; Adolescent psychology.. ; Developmental psychology ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This volume presents the results of the Flourishing Children Project. The study addressed gaps in the research on indicators of positive development of adolescents. Such indicators are essential for the balanced and scientifically sound study of adolescents. Yet measures of many aspects of flourishing are not available, and when they do exist, they are rarely measured in a developmentally appropriate manner for adolescents. In addition, they are often too long for program evaluations and surveys, have not been tested on diverse populations, nor carefully validated as predictors of positive out
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contents; Abstract; 1 Studying Aspects of Flourishing Among Adolescents; 1.1…Introduction to the Project; 1.1.1 Why Measure What Adolescents Need to Flourish?; 1.2…Overview of Project Activities; 1.2.1 Item Development and Review; 1.2.2 Cognitive Interviews; 1.2.3 Pilot Test; 1.2.4 Psychometric Work; 1.3…Conceptual Framework and Constructs; 1.4…Constructs; 1.4.1 Relationship Skills; 1.4.1.1 Empathy; 1.4.1.2 Social Competence; 1.4.2 Flourishing in Relationships; 1.4.2.1 Parent-Adolescent Relationship; 1.4.2.2 Peer Friendship; 1.4.3 Flourishing in School and Work
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.4.3.1 Diligence and Reliability1.4.3.2 Educational Engagement; 1.4.3.3 Initiative Taking; 1.4.3.4 Thrift; 1.4.3.5 Trustworthiness and Integrity; 1.4.4 Helping Others to Flourish; 1.4.4.1 Altruism; 1.4.4.2 Generosity/Helping Family and Friends; 1.4.5 Environmental Stewardship; 1.4.5.1 Environmental Stewardship; 1.4.6 Personal Flourishing; 1.4.6.1 Forgiveness; 1.4.6.2 Goal Orientation; 1.4.6.3 Gratitude; 1.4.6.4 Hope; 1.4.6.5 Life Satisfaction; 1.4.6.6 Purpose; 1.4.6.7 Spirituality; References; 2 Cognitive Interviews: Designing Survey Questions for Adolescents; 2.1…Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.1.1 Rationale for Cognitive Testing2.1.2 What is Cognitive Interviewing?; 2.1.3 Research on Developing Survey Questions for Adolescents; 2.1.4 Research on Surveying with Parents as Proxy Reporters; 2.1.5 Best Practices for Survey-Item Development; 2.2…Method; 2.2.1 Recruitment; 2.2.2 Sample; 2.2.3 Study Design; 2.2.4 Study Procedures; 2.2.5 Protocols; 2.2.6 Data Analysis; 2.3…Results; 2.3.1 Lesson 1: Reference Groups; 2.3.2 Lesson 2: Construct Selection; 2.3.3 Lesson 3: Clarity of Items; 2.3.4 Lesson 4: Item Salience; 2.3.5 Lesson 5: Parent Reports; 2.3.6 Lesson 6: Response Variability
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.3.7 Lesson 7: Developing Congruent Response Options2.4…Discussion; References; 3 Pilot Study and Psychometric Analyses; 3.1…Pilot Study Introduction; 3.1.1 Recruitment; 3.1.2 Procedures; 3.1.3 Incentives; 3.1.4 Survey; 3.2…Psychometric Analyses; 3.2.1 Overview of Psychometric Analyses; 3.2.2 Subgroups; 3.2.3 Construct Validity; 3.3…Results; 3.3.1 Relationship Skills; 3.3.1.1 Empathy; 3.3.1.2 Social Competence; 3.3.2 Flourishing in Relationships; 3.3.2.1 Parent-Adolescent Relationship; 3.3.2.2 Peer Friendship; 3.3.3 Flourishing in School and Work; 3.3.3.1 Diligence and Reliability
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.3.3.2 Educational Engagement3.3.3.3 Initiative Taking; 3.3.3.4 Thrift; 3.3.3.5 Trustworthiness and Integrity; 3.3.4 Helping Others to Flourish; 3.3.4.1 Altruism; 3.3.4.2 Generosity/Helping Family and Friends; 3.3.5 Environmental Stewardship; 3.3.5.1 Environmental Stewardship; 3.3.6 Personal Flourishing; 3.3.6.1 Forgiveness; 3.3.6.2 Goal Orientation; 3.3.6.3 Gratitude; 3.3.6.4 Hope; 3.3.6.5 Life Satisfaction; 3.3.6.6 Purpose; 3.3.6.7 Spirituality; 3.4…Discussion; 3.5…Conclusions; References
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 40
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401789905
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: Applied demography series volume 4
    Serie: Applied Demography Ser. v.4
    Paralleltitel: Print version Emerging Techniques in Applied Demography
    DDC: 304.6
    Schlagwort(e): Demography ; Demography ; Study and teaching.. ; Demography ; Research ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: By bringing together top-notch demographers, sociologists, economists, statisticians and public health specialists from Asia, Africa, Europe, and North America to examine a wide variety of public and private issues in applied demography, this book spans a wide range of topics. It evaluates population estimates and projections against actual census counts and suggests further improvement of estimates and projection techniques and evaluation procedures; new techniques are proposed for estimating families and households and particular attention is paid to the much-discussed topic of access to health care. Coverage extends to factors influencing health status and elder abuse, child bearing and labor market analysis and the effects of education on labor market outcomes of native white American and immigrant European populations.Methodologically rigorous and pragmatically useful, Emerging Techniques in Applied Demography also examines a wide variety of public and private issues under the field of applied demography. It provides a broad overview of research topics and also reflects substantial development in the field of applied demography. It also bridges the gap between theory and research by providing several examples of work of distinguished applied demographic.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Foreword; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Chapter-1; Introduction; Introduction; Overview of the Sections and Chapters; Section I; Section II; Section III; Section IV; Section V; Conclusion; References; Part I; Evaluation of Population Projections and 2010 Census Counts; Chapter-2; An Evaluation of Population Forecast Errors for Florida and its Counties, 1980-2010; Introduction; Methodology; Forecast Accuracy; State Projections; County Projections; Accounting for Uncertainty; State Projections; County Projections; Conclusion; References; Chapter-3
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Simplifying Local Area Population and Household Projections with POPARTIntroduction; POPART; Data; Model Validation; Application: Population and Household Projections for Noosa; Assumptions; Results; Conclusions; Software; References; Chapter-4; The Net Undercount of Children in the 2010 U.S. Decennial Census; Introduction; Demographic Analysis Methodology; Using DA to Estimate the Black Population; Data Sources; 2010 Demographic Analysis Results; 2010 DA Estimates for Adults Compared to Children; 2010 DA Estimates for Single Year of Age for Children; Undercount of Children by Sex
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Population Under Age 5Discussion; Conclusions; References; Chapter-5; Mathematical Modeling and Projecting Population of Bangladesh by Age and Sex from 2002 to 2031; Introduction; Data and Methods; Model Building; Validation Technique of Model; F-test; Exponential Growth Rate Method; Results of Model Fittings and Discussion; Conclusions and Concluding Remarks; References; Part II; Evaluation of Population Estimates Produced by New and Current Methods; Chapter-6 ; Sub-County Population Estimates Using Administrative Records: A Municipal-Level Case Study in New Mexico; Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Materials and MethodsStudy Area: NM Characteristics; The Component Method and Comparison Series ; Database: Inputs, Georeferencing, and Remediation; Evaluating Estimates; Results; Discussion; References; Chapter-7; Housing-Unit Method in Comparison: The Virginia Case; Introduction; Estimation Methodologies; Component Method; Ratio-Correlation Method; Housing Unit Method; Evaluation Measures; What are the Best Input Variables for the House Unit Method?; How Well Do the Three Methods Perform?; Does Averaging Two Methods Improve Accuracy?; Discussion; References; Chapter-8
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: On the Ratio-Correlation Regression Method of Population Estimation and Its VariantsIntroduction; Ratio-Correlation and its Variants; Uncertainty in Ratio-Correlation Estimates; Shortcomings of Regression-Based Techniques; Ratio-Correlation and Synthetic Estimation; Conclusion; 1990-2000 Ratio-Correlation Model: Data, Computations, and 2005 EstimatesWashington State Counties; Appendix; References; Chapter 9; Assessing Accuracy in Postcensal Estimates: Statistical Properties of Different Measures; Introduction; Background; Measure of Equity; Assessment of Bias
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Considering Census Net Undercount and Its Estimation
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 41
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400772724
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (292 pages) , illustrations.
    Serie: Philosophical Studies in Contemporary Culture 23
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy, Modern ; Political science ; Philosophy ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Konferenzschrift
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed December 16, 2013)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 42
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer | Ann Arbor, Michigan : Proquest
    ISBN: 9789400770522 , 9781299876613
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 213 Seiten)
    DDC: 306
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Soziale Norm ; Kriminalitätstheorie ; Modellierung ; Methode
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 43
    ISBN: 9789400771314
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (222 pages) , illustrations.
    Serie: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 2
    DDC: 149.94
    Schlagwort(e): Linguistics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Political science ; Philosophy ; Electronic books
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed January 2, 2014)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 44
    ISBN: 9783658012960
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (208 Seiten)
    DDC: 306.3
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Schüler ; Unterprivilegierter ; Berufliche Integration ; Betriebliche Ausbildung ; Berufsvorbereitung ; Berufsbildung ; Bildungsreform ; Deutschland ; Konferenzschrift 2012 ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Bei der Frage der Reformierung des Übergangssystems können wir auf eine über drei Jahrzehnte dauernde Geschichte zurückblicken. Als temporäres Unterstützungsangebot gedacht, zeugen Begriffe wie 'Maßnahmedschungel' und 'Warteschleife' von einer Ernüchterung hinsichtlich der Realisierung von Reformansprüchen beim Übergang von der Schule in die Ausbildung. Dennoch ist der Reformeifer nach wie vor ungebrochen. Die Vielzahl an Programmen und Initiativen signalisieren nicht nur ein wachsendes Problembewusstsein, sondern auch, dass nicht zuletzt durch die Reformen der Reformbedarf steigt. A...
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 45
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400767713 , 9789400767720 (Sekundärausgabe)
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 644 p.
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed.
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg. Online-Ressource ISBN 9789400767720
    Ausgabe: [Online-Ausg.]
    Serie: Handbooks of Sociology and Social Research
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Sozialpsychologie
    Kurzfassung: This handbook provides a broad overview of the field of social psychology and up-to-date coverage of current social psychological topics. It reflects the recent and substantial development of the field, both with regard to theory and empirical research. It starts out by covering major theoretical perspectives, including the interactionist, identity, social exchange, social structure and the person perspectives. Next, it discusses development and socialization in childhood, adolescence and adulthood. In addition to updated discussions of topics that were included in the first edition, the part ...
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record , Online-Ausg.:
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 46
    ISBN: 9789400764255
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXI, 324 p. 35 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Urban and Landscape Perspectives 15
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Space-time design of the public city
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Culture Study and teaching ; Medical research ; Regional planning ; Urban planning ; City planning ; Physics ; Regional economics ; Spatial economics ; Quality of life ; Geography ; Geography ; Quality of Life ; Regional planning ; Architecture ; Regional economics ; Quality of Life Research ; City planning ; Europe ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Stadtplanung ; Öffentlicher Raum ; Stadtplanung ; Öffentlicher Raum
    Kurzfassung: Time has become an increasingly important topic in urban studies and urban planning. The spatial-temporal interplay is not only of relevance for the theory of urban development and urban politics, but also for urban planning and governance. The space-time approach focuses on the human being with its various habits and routines in the city. Understanding and taking those habits into account in urban planning and public policies offers a new way to improve the quality of life in our cities. Adapting the supply and accessibility of public spaces and services to the inhabitants’ space-time needs calls for an integrated approach to the physical design of urban space and to the organization of cities. In the last two decades the body of practical and theoretical work on urban space-time topics has grown substantially. The book offers a state of the art overview of the theoretical reasoning, the development of new analytical tools, and practical experience of the space-time design of public cities in major European countries. The contributions were written by academics and practitioners from various fields exploring space-time research and planning
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Urban Rhythms in the Contemporary CityWorking on Sunday: Regulations, Impacts and Perceptions of the Time-use Practices -- The Night and its Loss -- Re-populating the Night-time City: Hospitality and Gender -- Teenagers in the Contemporary City: Hypermodern Times, Spaces and Practices -- Time and Urban Morphology: Dispersed and Compact City Time Use in the Metropolitan Region of Barcelona -- Intermezzo: Time Walk -- Efficiency, Temporal Justice, and the Rhythm of Cities -- Accessibility of Public Spaces and Services - Theoretical Remarks, Practices and Instruments from Urban Time Planning -- Mobility, Accessibility and Social Equity - A Comparative and Interdisciplinary Empirical Study in the Metropolitan Areas of Milan, Bologna and Turin -- Beyond Vague Promises of Liveability: An Exploration of Walking in Everyday Life -- Encounters in Motion: Considerations of Time and Social Justice in Urban Mobility Research -- Intermezzo: Time Intervention in Public Spaces:  The Artist Mark Formanek -- Revisiting Exemplars of the Times-of-the-City Approach: The Viability of the ‘Neodiscipline’ Claim.. -- City, Urbanism, Social Sustainability and the Right to the City -- The Area Governance Plan and the Territorial Time Plan of the City of Bergamo: An Example of Temporal City Planning -- Time Policies in Italy: The Case of the Middle Adriatic Regions -- Studying Good Practices to Lesson-Drawing and Transfer: Introduction to the Causal Mechanisms Approach. A proposal for Exchanges Among European Networks on Time-oriented Policies -- Do Urban Time Policies have a Real Impact on Quality of Life? And which Methods are Apt to Evaluate Them? -- Further Research and Policy Perspectives.
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 47
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400717879
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XI, 399 p. 50 illus, digital)
    Serie: Yearbook of Nanotechnology in Society 3
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Science Philosophy ; Neurosciences ; Neurology ; Neurobiology ; Engineering ; Science Philosophy ; Neurowissenschaften
    Kurzfassung: I. Introduction and key resources -- 1. Nanotechnology, the brain, and the future: Anticipatory governance via end-to-end real-time technology assessment Jason Scott Robert, Ira Bennett, and Clark A. Miller -- 2. The complex cognitive systems manifesto Richard P. W. Loosemore -- 3. Analysis of bibliometric data for research at the intersection of nanotechnology and neuroscience Christina Nulle, Clark A. Miller, Harmeet Singh, and Alan Porter -- 4. Public attitudes toward nanotechnology-enabled human enhancement in the United States Sean Hays, Michael Cobb, and Clark A. Miller -- 5. U.S. news coverage of neuroscience nanotechnology: How U.S. newspapers have covered neuroscience nanotechnology during the last decade Doo-Hun Choi, Anthony Dudo, and Dietram Scheufele -- 6. Nanoethics and the brain Valerye Milleson -- 7. Nanotechnology and religion: A dialogue Tobie Milford -- II. Brain repair -- 8. The age of neuroelectronics Adam Keiper -- 9. Cochlear implants and Deaf culture Derrick Anderson -- 10. Healing the blind: Attitudes of blind people toward technologies to cure blindness Arielle Silverman -- 11. Ethical, legal and social aspects of brain-implants using nano-scale materials and techniques Francois Berger et al. -- 12. Nanotechnology, the brain, and personal identity Stephanie Naufel -- III. Brain enhancement -- 13. Narratives of intelligence: the sociotechnical context of cognitive enhancement Sean Hays -- 14. Towards responsible use of cognitive-enhancing drugs by the healthy Henry T. Greeley et al. -- 15. The opposite of human enhancement: Nanotechnology and the blind chicken debate Paul B. Thompson -- 16. Anticipatory governance of human enhancement: The National Citizens’ Technology Forum Patrick Hamlett, Michael Cobb, and David Guston a. Arizona site report b. California site report c. Colorado site reportd. Georgia site report e. New Hampshire site report f. Wisconsin site report -- IV. Brain damage -- 17. A review of nanoparticle functionality and toxicity on the central nervous system Yang et al. -- 18. Recommendations for a municipal health and safety policy for nanomaterials: A Report to the City of Cambridge City Manager Sam Lipson -- 19. Museum of Science Nanotechnology Forum lets participants be the judge Mark Griffin -- 20. Nanotechnology policy and citizen engagement in Cambridge, Massachusetts: Local reflexive governance Shannon Conley.-
    Kurzfassung: Our brain is the source of everything that makes us human: language, creativity, rationality, emotion, communication, culture, politics. The neurosciences have given us, in recent decades, fundamental new insights into how the brain works and what that means for how we see ourselves as individuals and as communities. Now - with the help of new advances in nanotechnology - brain science proposes to go further: to study its molecular foundations, to repair brain functions, to create mind-machine interfaces, and to enhance human mental capacities in radical ways. This book explores the convergence of these two revolutionary scientific fields and the implications of this convergence for the future of human societies. In the process, the book offers a significant new approach to technology assessment, one which operates in real-time, alongside the innovation process, to inform the ways in which new fields of science and technology emerge in, get shaped by, and help shape human societies
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 48
    ISBN: 9789400762442
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 95 p. 28 illus, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Population Studies
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Akbari, Syed A. Immigrants in regional labour markets of host nations
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Arbeitsmigranten ; Bevölkerungsentwicklung ; Studierende ; Regionaler Arbeitsmarkt ; Kanada (Atlantikprovinzen) ; Emigration and immigration ; Economics ; Labor economics ; Population ; Demography ; Migration ; Labor economics ; Population ; Economics ; Demography ; Maritime Provinzen ; Einwanderer
    Kurzfassung: List of charts -- List of tables -- Acknowledgements -- Foreword -- Chapter1: Introduction -- Chapter 2: Some Demographic Trends in Atlantic Canada: Potential Consequences and Policy Response -- Chapter 3: Immigration Trends in Atlantic Canada -- Chapter 4: Immigrants in the Labour Force of Atlantic Canada -- Chapter 5: International Students in Atlantic Canada -- Chapter 6: Summary and Policy Recommendations -- List of References
    Kurzfassung: This book is the first to present a detailed analysis of economic integration of immigrants in smaller areas of their host nations. It uses Atlantic Canada as a case in point and uses unpublished data based on several databases of Statistics Canada and Citizenship and Immigration, Canada. It identifies best policy practices that can also be used in other countries to address demographic challenges similar to those facing Canada, for example population ageing and youth out-migration from smaller regions to larger regions, through immigration. Economic integration of immigrants in Atlantic Canada is faster and better than it is nationally. An overarching result is that an analysis of regional data can lead to very different policy conclusions than the analysis of national data, which means that it can be risky to devise immigration policy based only on national data. A clear message is that economic benefits from immigration can be enhanced by facilitating a broader geographic distribution of immigrants, rather than maintaining their concentration in a few larger urban regions. A must read for immigration and population policy makers, immigrant settlement agencies and academic researchers
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Immigrants in Regional Labour Markets of Host Nations; Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; 1 Introduction; Some Immigration Policy Initiatives Towards Regionalization in Australia, Canada, Germany and New Zealand; Australia; Canada; Germany; New Zealand; The Impact of Immigrant Regionalization on the Geographic Distribution of Immigrants in Canada; About This Book; References; 2 Some Demographic Trends in Atlantic Canada: Potential Consquences and Policy Response; Potential Consequences of Population Decline and Aging; Some Economic Consequences; Some Political Consequences
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1…Nova Scotia's Aging WorkforcePublic Policy and Community Responses to Population Decline and Aging; 2…Employment Assistance to New Immigrants in Newfoundland and Labrador; 3…An Example of Cooperation Between Stakeholders in the Integration of Professional Immigrants in Nova Scotia; References; 3 Immigration Trends in Atlantic Canada; 1…The Rise and Fall of Immigration in Nova Scotia in the 1990s; The Rural--Urban Settlement Pattern of the Immigrant Population; Age Distribution Among New Immigrants; Composition of Immigrant Classes; Immigrant Source Countries
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Immigrant Retention in Atlantic CanadaEducation Levels Among Recent Immigrants; References; 4 Immigrants in the Labour Force of Atlantic Canada; Labour Market Performance of Immigrants; Labour Force Participation Rates; Unemployment Rates; Labour Market Earnings; Immigrants' Home Country Educational Credentials and Labour Force Activity; Skilled and Business Immigrants in the Atlantic Economy; Immigration of Highly Skilled Workers to Atlantic Canada; Provincial Distribution of Highly Skilled Immigrants; Business Immigration; 1…Immigrant Entrepreneurs in Atlantic Canada
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2…The Immigrant Investor ProgramRural--Urban Labour Force Division; Immigrants' Use of Government Transfer Payments; References; 5 International Students in Atlantic Canada; 1…International Students Contribute Significantly to the Atlantic Economy; Annual Inflows of International Students; International Students by Level of Study; Source Countries of International Students; 2…Majority of International Students Want to Live in Atlantic Canada After Finishing Their Education (Results of Another Survey); References; 6 Summary and Policy Recommendations; Abstract
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Immigration Trends in Atlantic CanadaImmigrants in the Labour Market; International Students; Some Policy Implications that Emerge from Statistical Findings of Present Study; References; Epilogue; Appendix; References
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 49
    ISBN: 9789400764071
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XII, 337 p. 32 illus., 25 illus. in color, digital)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Genital cutting
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Medicine ; Ethics ; Pediatrics ; Surgery ; Anthropology ; Philosophy (General) ; Medicine & Public Health ; Medicine ; Ethics ; Pediatrics ; Surgery ; Anthropology ; Philosophy (General) ; Circumcision, Female ; Circumcision, Male ; Child Welfare ; Child Advocacy ; Congresses ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Beschneidung ; Menschenrecht ; Beschneidung ; Menschenrecht
    Kurzfassung: This volume contains the proceedings of the 10th International Symposium on Circumcision, Genital Integrity, and Human Rights. Authors are international experts in their fields, and the book contains the most up-to-date information on the issue of genital cutting of infants and children from medical, legal, bioethical, and human rights perspectives.
    Kurzfassung: Every year, across the globe, an estimated 13.3 million boys and 2 million girls are involuntarily subjected to genital cutting. Both male and female genital cutting persist, generating a multi-billion-dollar-a-year industry that is defended by its proponents with dubious studies, manipulated statistics, and an appeal to “custom.” Physicians and parents alike have been misled into believing that these mutilations are beneficial, necessary, and harmless. Today, flawed studies have allowed the promotion of circumcision as a way of combating HIV/AIDS in Africa, an experiment that failed in the USA, where a half-million circumcised males have succumbed to AIDS. These facts notwithstanding, the public and legal outcry against these abuses is increasing. For instance, the high court in Cologne, Germany ruled in 2012 that circumcision harms the child, that the harm is irreversible, that it denies the child the right to his own body, and that circumcision denies the individual the right to choose his own religion. Thus, the issue of circumcision has expanded beyond the arena of medicine and is firmly established as a human rights and legal problem. The contributors to this volume, an international panel of experts in the fields of medicine, law, ethics, anthropology, sociology, history, religion, and politics, thoroughly examine and elucidate this violation of human rights
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface; Contents; 1 Tortured Bodies, Tortured Doctrines: Informed Consent as a Legal Fiction Inapplicable to Neonatal Male Circumcision; Abstract ; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Changes in Doctor-Patient Relationship Usher in Informed Consent; 1.1.2 Birth and Development of Informed Consent in Court Cases; 1.2 How Informed Consent Plays Out with Competent Adults; 1.2.1 Disclosure; Materiality; The Importance of Alternatives; 1.2.2 Voluntariness; Timing, Manner, Order; 1.2.3 CompetenceCapacity; 1.2.4 Understanding: The Forgotten Element; 1.2.5 Exceptions to Informed Consent with Competent Adults
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.2.6 Problems with Informed Consent for Competent Adults1.2.7 Informed Consent and Non-therapeutic or Elective Surgery on Competent Adults; 1.3 Substituted Judgment for Incompetent Adults; 1.3.1 Problems with Substituted Judgment for Incompetent Adults; 1.4 Proxy Permission for Never Competent Children; 1.4.1 Parent and Physician Duties in Proxy Permission for Never Competent Children; 1.5 Proxy Permission for Neonatal Circumcision on Never Competent Baby Boys; 1.5.1 Background of Proxy Permission for Neonatal Circumcision
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.5.2 Medicalization Helps Justify and Perpetuate Neonatal Circumcision1.5.3 Disclosure: Circumcision; Materiality: Neonatal Circumcision; Importance of Alternatives: Circumcision; 1.5.4 Voluntariness: Neonatal Circumcision; Timing, Manner, Order: Neonatal Circumcision; 1.5.5 CompetenceCapacity of Proxy Agents: Neonatal Circumcision; 1.5.6 Understanding: The Forgotten Element Neonatal Circumcision; 1.5.7 Proxy Consent to Neonatal Circumcision: Conceptual Problems; 1.5.8 Proxy Consent to Neonatal Circumcision: Ethical Problems
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.5.9 Proxy Consent to Neonatal Circumcision: Practical Problems and Considerations1.5.10 Proxy Consent to Neonatal Circumcision as a Non-therapeutic, Elective Procedure; 1.6 Conclusion; References; 2 Routine Infant Circumcision: Vital Issues that the Circumcision Proponents may be Overlooking; Abstract ; 2.1 Bioethics and Human Rights; 2.2 Foreskin Function; 2.3 Harms and Risks; 2.4 Medical Issues; 2.5 Penile Problems; 2.6 Cancer; 2.6.1 Sexually Transmitted Infections; 2.7 Conclusion; References; 3 The Smart Penis; Abstract ; 3.1 The Smart Penis; References; 4 The Harm of Circumcision
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Abstract 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Consequences of Circumcision; 4.3 Physical Consequences; 4.4 Psychological Consequences; 4.5 Cultural Consequences; References; 5 Evolution of Circumcision Methods: Not "Just a Snip"; Abstract ; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 History; 5.2.1 Circumcision Forceps; 5.2.2 Harris Clamp; 5.3 Disposable Devices; 5.4 Summary of Methods; 5.5 Instruments and Fetishism; References; 6 Penile Wounding: Complications of Routine Male Circumcision in a Typical American Family Practice; Abstract ; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Background; 6.3 Observations and Measurements; 6.4 Demographics
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6.4.1 Age, Height, and Weight
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 50
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400763142
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 202 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Serie: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 25
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Human law and computer law
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy of law ; Computers Law and legislation ; Humanities ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy of law ; Computers Law and legislation ; Humanities ; Datenverarbeitung ; Internet ; Recht ; Datenverarbeitung ; Internet ; Recht
    Kurzfassung: The focus of this book is on the epistemological and hermeneutic implications of data science and artificial intelligence for democracy and the Rule of Law. How do the normative effects of automated decision systems or the interventions of robotic fellow ‘beings’ compare to the legal effect of written and unwritten law? To investigate these questions the book brings together two disciplinary perspectives rarely combined within the framework of one volume. One starts from the perspective of ‘code and law’ and the other develops from the domain of ‘law and literature’. Integrating original analyses of relevant novels or films, the authors discuss how computational technologies challenge traditional forms of legal thought and affect the regulation of human behavior. Thus, pertinent questions are raised about the theoretical assumptions underlying both scientific and legal practice.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 0: Prefatory Remarks on Human Law and Computer Law; 0.1 Comparative Law; 0.2 Computer Law?; 0.3 Comparing Human Law and Computer Law; 0.4 Human Language and Computer Language: Law, Code and Literature; References; Part I: Law and Code; Chapter 1: Prefatory Remarks on Part I: Law and Code; 1.1 Law and Language; 1.2 Language and Computer Code; 1.3 Law as Code: Two Strands of Research; 1.3.1 Artificial Intelligence and Legal Subjectivity; 1.3.2 Legal and Technological Normativity; References; Chapter 2: From Galatea 2.2 to Watson - And Back?
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.1 Introduction 12.1.1 Mythical Beginnings; 2.1.2 Beyond Snow's Two Cultures; 2.2 Eliza and the Turing Test: A Human Machine?; 2.3 IBM's Heros: Deep Blue and Watson; 2.3.1 Deep Blue; 2.3.2 Watson; 2.4 Searle's Chinese Room Argument: Syntax and Meaning; 2.5 Back to 'My Fair Lady'; 2.6 The Legal Status of Smart Contraptions: Tools, Rivals or Companions?; 2.6.1 Embodiment, Emotion and Cognition; 2.6.2 Legal Implications of Smart Agents; 2.6.2.1 Artificial Legal Subjects: The Agency of Corporations; 2.6.2.2 Artificial Legal Subjects: The Agency of Other 'Intelligent Machines'
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.7 Concluding RemarksReferences; Chapter 3: What Robots Want: Autonomous Machines, Codes and New Frontiers of Legal Responsibility; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The No New Responsibility Thesis; 3.3 The New Weak Responsibility Thesis; 3.3.1 New Crimes, New Punishments; 3.3.2 New Agents, New Contracts; 3.4 The New Strong Responsibility Thesis; 3.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Abort, Retry, Fail: Scoping Techno-Regulation and Other Techno-Effects; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 What Is Techno-Regulation?; 4.3 The Limits of the Debate on Techno-Regulation
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.4 Beyond the Limits of Techno-Regulation, Part 1: Persuasion, Nudging and Affordances4.5 Beyond the Limits of Techno-Regulation, Part 2: Unintentional and Implicit Influences of Technology; 4.6 The Full Scope of Techno-Effects; 4.7 Abort, Retry, Fail. Or: Liberating the Boxed-in Concept of Techno-Regulation; References; Chapter 5: A Bump in the Road. Ruling Out Law from Technology; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Law Is Dead, Long Live Techno-Regulation?; 5.3 Incorporeal Rules or Brute Matter? Two Inescapable Truisms; 5.4 The Practice of Law and the Price of the Practice Turn; 5.5 The Medium of Law
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.6 Hart - The Concept of Law5.6.1 A Practice Theory of Rules; 5.6.2 Demarcating Law as a Practice: Law as a System of Rules; 5.7 Latour - The Passage of Law; 5.7.1 How to Study Law as a Practice? An Ethnography of the Council of State; 5.7.2 Demarcating Law as a Practice: Law as a Regime of Reattachment; 5.7.2.1 The Transfer of Value Objects; 5.7.2.2 Acts of Attachment; 5.7.2.3 Clef de Lecture; 5.8 Beyond Incorporeal Rules and Material Media?; 5.8.1 Institution - Regime of Enunciation; 5.8.2 The Legal Trajectory of Enunciation; 5.9 Law and Technology; 5.9.1 A Bump in the Road
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.9.2 Law as Tracing Through Reattachments
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 51
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765214
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIV, 302 p, digital)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als History and theory of children's citizenship in contemporary societies
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Political science Philosophy ; Civil law ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Political science Philosophy ; Civil law ; Kind ; Staatsangehörigkeitsrecht ; Menschenrecht ; Geschichte
    Kurzfassung: This book examines the notion of children having full citizenship. It does so historically, through intellectual discourse, beliefs, and moral and ideological positions on children. It looks at the status and extent of knowledge of the position of children covering about 2500 years. The book takes European and other cultures, traditions and beliefs into consideration. It reflects on the topic from a variety of disciplines, including social sciences, theology and philosophy. The book places children’s citizenship in the centre of children’s rights discourse. Part of the work is a critical appraisal of ‘children’s participation’ because it diverts attention away from children as members of society toward being a separable group. The book moves on from child participation using a children’s rights based argument toward examination of the relationship of the child with the state, i.e. as potentially full member citizens
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: The Children's Citizenship Paradigm; What Is a Child?; Structure; Arguments and Ideas Supporting Examination of This Topic; Chapter 2: Methodology and Methods; Methodology; Methods; Analytic Induction; Morphology; Content Analysis; Chapter 3: Citizenship; Citizenship and Nationality; Citizenship and Children's Rights; Citizenship in History; Modern Principles and Theories of Citizenship; Social Organisation and Citizenship; Duties and Responsibilities; Terminology; Children's Participation and Citizenship
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Children's Citizenship and Political PowerExclusion from Citizenship and Suffrage; Democracy and Citizenship; Chapter 4: The Emergence of Childhood - From the Ancient World Until the Dawn of the Enlightenment; The Classical Period; Asian Philosophies and Beliefs; The Romans; The Early Middle Ages; The Middle Ages; The Mongol Empire; Urban Awareness; The Children's Crusades; Medieval Children; The Black Death; The Emergence of Mercantile Capitalism and the Reformation; The New World; The Changing World of Children
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 5: The Emergence of Childhood - From the Enlightenment to Modern World of ChildhoodEconomic Expansion; A Period of Unrest; The Period of Economic Hardship and Recovery; New Philosophies That Include Children; New Economic Thought; Children in Literature; Education; The Century of the Child; Child Protection; Children and Human Rights; Chapter 6: Intellectual Discourse, Beliefs, Moral and Ideological Positions on Children from Antiquity Until the Present - Children from Antiquity to the High Middle Ages; European Antiquity; Asian Philosophy; From Antiquity to Early Christianity
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: AugustineThe Rise of Islam; The Influence of Ibrahimic Philosophy and Theology; Aquinas; Chapter 7: Intellectual Discourse, Beliefs, Moral and Ideological Positions on Children from Antiquity Until the Present - Children from the Middle Ages Through Early Modern to the Present; Machiavelli and Erasmus; Hobbes; Changing Philosophy; The Enlightenment; Rousseau; Kant; Spence; Hegel; Mill, Marx and Engels; The Philosophy of Education and Welfare as Social Control; Social Reform; Philanthropy; Literature and Children; The Emergence of Child Sciences; Sociology; Children's Rights Pioneers
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Modern PhilosophyChapter 8: The 'Child Sciences', Social Sciences and Childhood Studies; Paediatrics; Child Psychiatry; Developmental Psychology; Vygotsky; Piaget; Kohlberg; Sociological Research; Social and Cultural Anthropology; The New Sociology of Childhood; Bourdieu; Children's Agency; New Arguments; New Social Theory and the Resurgence of Older Ideas; Chapter 9: Children's Human Rights and the Contemporary Interest in Child Participation; The Emergence of Human Rights; The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child; Children's Participation and the CRC; Social Capital
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The History of Child Participation and Its Importance
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface -- Dedication -- Acknowledgements -- Chapter One: Introduction: the Children’s Citizenship paradigm -- Chapter Two: Methodology and methods -- Chapter Three: Citizenship -- Chapter Four: The Emergence Of Childhood - from the ancient world until the dawn of the Enlightenment -- Chapter Five: The emergence of childhood -from the Enlightenment to Modern World Of Childhood -- Chapter Six: Intellectual discourse, beliefs, moral and Ideological Positions On Children from antiquity until the present - children from Antiquity to the high Middle Ages -- Chapter Seven: Intellectual discourse, beliefs, moral and Ideological Positions On Children From The High Middle Ages through early modern to the present -- Chapter Eight: The ‘Child Sciences’, social sciences and Childhood Studies -- Chapter Nine: Children’s Rights and the contemporary interest in Child Participation -- Chapter Ten: Issues concerning the legal status, welfare, policy making and Inclusion Of Children In Governance And Full Citizenship -- Chapter Eleven: Supplementary areas that contribute to notions of children’s citizenship -- Chapter Twelve: Conclusion -- Notes  -- Appendices -- Bibliography -- Index.​.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 52
    ISBN: 9789400761100
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVI, 270 p. 4 illus., 3 illus. in color, digital)
    Serie: Law and Philosophy Library 107
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Coherence: insights from philosophy, jurisprudence and artificial intelligence
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Genetic epistemology ; Computers Law and legislation ; Law ; Law ; Genetic epistemology ; Computers Law and legislation ; Law ; Philosophy ; Sense of coherence ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kohärenz ; Rechtsphilosophie
    Kurzfassung: This book is a thorough treatise concerned with coherence and its significance in legal reasoning. The individual chapters present the topic from the general philosophical perspective, the perspective of legal-theory as well as the viewpoint of cognitive sciences and the research on artificial intelligence and law. As it has turned out the interchange of knowledge among these disciplines is very fruitful for each of them, providing mutual inspiration and increasing understanding of a given topic. This book is a unique resource for anyone interested in the concept of coherence and the role it plays in reasoning. As this book captures important contemporary issues concerning the ongoing discussion on coherence and law, those interested in legal reasoning should find it particularly helpful. By presenting such a broad scope of views and methods on approaching the issue of coherence we hope to promote the general interest in the topic as well as the academic research that centers around coherence and law.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Introduction -- About the Authors -- Table of Contents -- Three Kinds of Coherentism; Jaap Hage -- Coherence and Reliability in Judicial Reasoning; Stefan Schubert and Erik J. Olsson -- Coherence and Probability: A Probabilistic Account of Coherence; William Roche -- Coherence: An Outline in Six Metaphors and Four Rules; Juan Manuel Peréz Bermejo -- Legal Interpretation and Coherence; Bartosz Brożek -- Normative Inconsistency and Logical Theories. A First Critique of Defeasibilism; Giovanni Battista Ratti -- The Third Theory of Legal Objectivity; Aldo Schiavello -- Pattern Languages & Institutional Facts.Functions and Coherences in the Law; Kenneth Ehrenberg -- Consistency and Coherence in the “Hypertext” of Law. A Textological Approach; Wojciech Cyrul -- Case Classification, Similarities, Spaces of Reasons, and Coherences; Marcello Guarini -- Coherence as Constraint Satisfaction: Judicial Reasoning Support Mechanism; Jaromír Šavelka -- Limits of Constraint Satisfaction Theory of Coherence as a Theory of (Legal) Reasoning; Michał Araszkiewicz -- Ten Theses on Coherence in Law; Amalia Amaya.  Introduction -- About the Authors -- Table of Contents -- Three Kinds of Coherentism; Jaap Hage -- Coherence and Reliability in Judicial Reasoning; Stefan Schubert and Erik J. Olsson -- Coherence and Probability: A Probabilistic Account of Coherence; William Roche -- Coherence: An Outline in Six Metaphors and Four Rules; Juan Manuel Peréz Bermejo -- Legal Interpretation and Coherence; Bartosz Brożek -- Normative Inconsistency and Logical Theories. A First Critique of Defeasibilism; Giovanni Battista Ratti -- The Third Theory of Legal Objectivity; Aldo Schiavello -- Pattern Languages & Institutional Facts.Functions and Coherences in the Law; Kenneth Ehrenberg -- Consistency and Coherence in the “Hypertext” of Law. A Textological Approach; Wojciech Cyrul -- Case Classification, Similarities, Spaces of Reasons, and Coherences; Marcello Guarini -- Coherence as Constraint Satisfaction: Judicial Reasoning Support Mechanism; Jaromír Šavelka -- Limits of Constraint Satisfaction Theory of Coherence as a Theory of (Legal) Reasoning; Michał Araszkiewicz -- Ten Theses on Coherence in Law; Amalia Amaya.  .
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 53
    ISBN: 9789400761070
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVI, 382 p. 29 illus., 4 illus. in color, digital)
    Serie: MARE Publication Series 7
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Wildlife management ; Marine Sciences ; Humanities ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Wildlife management ; Marine Sciences ; Humanities ; Fischerei ; Governance
    Kurzfassung: Following in the footsteps of the book Fish for Life - Interactive Governance for Fisheries (Kooiman et al., 2005), and the interdisciplinary approach it presents, this volume illustrates the contribution of interactive governance theory to understanding core fisheries and aquaculture challenges. These challenges are invariably linked to broader concerns such as ecosystem health, social justice, sustainable livelihoods and food security. The central concept in this perspective is governability - the varied capacity to govern fisheries and aquaculture systems sustainably. Many of these systems are characterized by problems that are inherently 'wicked' and therefore difficult to address. The authors of this edited volume argue that responses to such problems must consider context; specifically the character of the fisheries and aquaculture systems themselves, their institutional conditions, and the internal and external interactions that affect them. Drawing on a diverse set of international experiences, the volume offers a new lens and systematic approach to analysing the nature of governance problems and opportunities in fisheries and aquaculture, exploring pressing challenges and identifying potential solutions. ”It now seems clear that the crisis in the world’s fisheries [is] a much larger and more complex problem than many had imagined. Yet, examining it through the lens of governability may offer the best hope for alleviating it--as well as alleviating similar crises in other social systems.” James R. McGoodwin (Professor Emeritus, University of Colorado)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 54
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765078
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (IX, 533 p. 11 illus, digital)
    Serie: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 33
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Psychology History ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Psychology History
    Kurzfassung: This book discusses that imagination is as important to thinking and reasoning as it is to making and acting. By reexamining our philosophical and psychological heritage, it traces a framework, a conceptual topology, that underlies the most disparate theories: a framework that presents imagination as founded in the placement of appearances. It shows how this framework was progressively developed by thinkers like Plato, Aristotle, Descartes, and Kant, and how it is reflected in more recent developments in theorists as different as Peirce, Saussure, Wittgenstein, Benjamin, and Bachelard. The conceptual topology of imagination incorporates logic, mathematics, and science as well as production, play, and art. Recognizing this topology can move us past the confusions to a unifying view of imagination for the future
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Acknowledgments; Contents; Chapter 1: Beginning in the Middle of Things; 1.1 Constellations of Questions About Imagination; 1.2 The Occluded-Occulted Tradition of Intelligent Imagining; References; Chapter 2: Locating Emergent Appearance; 2.1 Some Practice of Imagining, and Thoughts About It; 2.2 Psychologism, Antipsychologism, and the Persistence of the Visual Model; 2.3 Limits of the Visual Model; 2.4 Elementary and Complex Imagining; 2.5 Listening to Images; 2.6 Can Philosophers Sing?; 2.7 Simple Imagining and Beyond; References40
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 3: Locating Imagination: The Inceptive Field Productivity and Differential Topology of Imagining (Plus What It Means to Play a Game)3.1 Hume's Blue; 3.2 From Resemblant Production to Schematized Activity in Fields; 3.3 Imagination as a Release in/of/from the Conditions of Perception; 3.4 The Repositioning of Imagination and the Problem of Reifying Consciousness; 3.5 Fields; 3.6 Imaginative Topology and Topographies; 3.7 Placing the Topological Dynamics of Imagination; 3.8 From Basketball Practice to the Biplanarity of Imagining
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.9 From the Biplanarity of Imagining to the Practice of Art3.10 Transition: Reversing the Occlusion and Occultation of Tradition; References66; Chapter 4: Plato and the Ontological Placement of Images; 4.1 Pre-Platonic Philosophy and the Emergence of the Image-Bearer; 4.2 Image-Bearers, Figures, and Images in Plato's Meno; 4.3 The Use and Abuse of Images; 4.4 Speech as Image, Reason as Imaginative, and the Platonic Ontology of Imaging; 4.5 The Multilevel Look of Things in the Republic; 4.6 The Paradoxes of Imaging; 4.7 The Ontology of Images and the Psychology of Scenario-Imagining
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.8 The Grand Image-Sequence of the Republic : From the Good Itself to the Dialectical Education of the Philosopher4.9 Singing and Hearing the logos; 4.10 Forming an Equable Icon of the Cosmos; 4.11 The Perfect Image of the Cosmos as the Goal of Dialectic; 4.12 Conclusion; References74; Chapter 5: Aristotle's phantasia : From Animal Sensation to Understanding Forms of Fields; 5.1 Aristotle's Physiologically Based Psychology of Imagination; 5.2 Placing Soul in Aristotelian Context; 5.3 Aristotle's Imagination Conventionalized; 5.4 Phantasia Beyond the Conventions
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.5 The Perplexities of Imagination in On the Soul III: An Overview5.6 The Imagination of On the Soul III.3: What It Is and What It Isn't; 5.7 Imagination, Sensation, Motion; 5.8 What the Physics of Motion Implies; 5.9 From Motions of Sensation to Structures of Imagining; 5.10 What Aristotle's Definition of Imagination Means; 5.11 Is Imagination the Same as Intellect?; 5.12 Parsing the Phenomenon of Thinking; 5.13 Thinking Imagination; 5.14 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: The Dynamically Imaginative Cognition of Descartes; 6.1 Imagination After Aristotle and Before Descartes
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6.2 Descartes's Starting Point
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 55
    ISBN: 9789400762411
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 207 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Serie: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 29
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Contemporary perspectives on early modern philosophy
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy, Modern ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Philosophie ; Natur ; Wahrnehmung ; Norm ; Geschichte 1600-1800
    Kurzfassung: Normativity has long been conceived as more properly pertaining to the domain of thought than to the domain of nature. This conception goes back to Kant and still figures prominently in contemporary epistemology, philosophy of mind and ethics. By offering a collection of new essays by leading scholars in early modern philosophy and specialists in contemporary philosophy, this volume goes beyond the point where nature and normativity came apart, and challenges the well-established opposition between these all too neatly separated realms. It examines how the mind’s embeddedness in nature can be conceived as a starting point for uncovering the links between naturally and conventionally determined standards governing an agent’s epistemic and moral engagement with the world. The original essays are grouped in two parts. The first part focuses on specific aspects of theories of perception, thought formation and judgment. It gestures towards an account of normativity that regards linguistic conventions and natural constraints as jointly setting the scene for the mind’s ability to conceptualise its experiences. The second part of the book asks what the norms of desirable epistemic and moral practices are. Key to this approach is an examination of human beings as parts of nature, who act as natural causes and are determined by their sensibilities and sentiments. Each part concludes with a chapter that integrates features of the historical debate into the contemporary context
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Nature and Norms in Thought; 1.1 Part I Nature's Influence on the Mind; 1.2 Part II Shaping the Norms of Our Intellectual and Practical Engagement with the World; References; Part I: Nature's Influence on the Mind; Chapter 2: Intentionality Bifurcated: A Lesson from Early Modern Philosophy?; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Descartes; 2.2.1 Propositional Ofness; Proposition principle; 2.2.2 Why Propositional Ofness Is Not Enough; Third Meditation scenario; 2.2.3 Representational Ofness; Reflective improvement of ideas; 2.3 Locke; 2.3.1 Propositional Ofness
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.3.2 Why Propositional Ofness Is Not Enough2.3.3 Representational Ofness; Conformity by correlation; Representation ofness and adequacy; Projectibility and explanatory constitutions; 2.4 Cartesian and Lockean Rationalism; Lockean rationalism; Cartesian rationalism; 2.5 A Lesson for Current Debates?; References; Chapter 3: Ideas as Thick Beliefs: Spinoza on the Normativity of Ideas; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Four Basic Tenets; 3.3 Two Kinds of Normativity; 3.4 No Content Without Attitude; 3.5 Content Determination Through Conative Attitudes; 3.6 Conscious Ideas as Thick Beliefs; 3.7 Conclusion
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ReferencesChapter 4: Three Problems in Locke's Ontology of Substance and Mode; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Contrast Between Substances and Modes; 4.3 The First Problem; 4.4 The Second Problem; 4.5 The Third Problem; 4.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Kant on Imagination and the Natural Sources of the Conceptual; 5.1 The Faculty of Presentation; 5.2 Image-Models; 5.3 Synthesis; 5.4 A 'Threefold Synthesis'; 5.5 The Synopsis of Sense; 5.6 Synthesis a Priori and the Concept of Guidance; References; Chapter 6: Naturalized Epistemology and the Genealogy of Knowledge; 6.1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6.2 Kornblith's Criticism of Craig6.3 Is Knowledge a Natural Kind?; 6.4 Craig's Genealogy of Knowledge; 6.5 Genealogy and Naturalized Epistemology; 6.6 Conclusion; References; Part II: Shaping the Norms of Our Intellectual and Practical Engagement with the World; Chapter 7: Sensibility and Metaphysics: Diderot, Hume, Baumgarten, and Herder; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Diderot; 7.3 Hume; 7.4 Baumgarten; 7.5 Sensibility; 7.6 Herder; References; Chapter 8: Back to the Facts - Herder on the Normative Role of Sensibility and Imagination; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Concept Formation; 8.3 Herder's Holism
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 8.4 Imagining as a Form of Discovery8.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 9: Extending Nature: Rousseau on the Cultivation of Moral Sensibility; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Unnatural Distortions; 9.3 Society's Education; 9.4 Cultivating Moral Sensibility; References; Chapter 10: The Piacular, or on Seeing Oneself as a Moral Cause in Adam Smith; 10.1 Introduction and Theses; 10.2 Sympathy and Knowledge of Causal Relations 5; 10.3 Causation and Rationality; 10.4 We (Ought to) See Ourselves as Causes!; 10.5 Norms of Appeasement; 10.6 The Language of Superstition; 10.7 Conclusion; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 11: Explaining and Describing: Panpsychism and Deep Ecology
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 56
    ISBN: 9789400758452
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VII, 512 p. 30 illus, digital)
    Serie: The Philosophy of Science in a European Perspective 4
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy
    Kurzfassung: This volume is a serious attempt to open up the subject of European philosophy of science to real thought, and provide the structural basis for the interdisciplinary development of its specialist fields, but also to provoke reflection on the idea of ‘European philosophy of science’. This efforts should foster a contemporaneous reflection on what might be meant by philosophy of science in Europe and European philosophy of science, and how in fact awareness of it could assist philosophers interpret and motivate their research through a stronger collective identity. The overarching aim is to set the background for a collaborative project organising, systematising, and ultimately forging an identity for, European philosophy of science by creating research structures and developing research networks across Europe to promote its development
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Table of Contents; From the Sciences that Philosophy Has "Neglected" to the New Challenges; I; II; III; IV; Teams A and D The Philosophy of Computer Science and Artificial Intelligence; Computing with Mathematical Arguments; Abstract; 1. Interactively Formalizing Mathematical Arguments; 2. Proof-Checking Technology; 3. Problems for Formal Proofs; 3.1 Inferentialism, indeterminacy of content; 3.2 Regress; 4. What Counts As "Obvious"?; 5. Conclusion; References; Is There a Unique Physical Entropy? Micro versus Macro; Abstract; 1. Entropy in Statistical Physics; 2. Entropy in Thermodynamics
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3. A Discrepancy4. The Standard "Solution": Indistinguishability of Particles of The Same Kind; 5. Permutations of "Identical" Classical Particles; 6. An Alternative "Solution": Distinguishability ofParticles of The Same Kind; 7. The Difference Between The Thermodynamic and Statistical Entropies; References; A Defence of the Principle of Information Closureagainst the Sceptical Objection; Abstract; 1. Introduction; 2. The formulation of the Principle of Information Closure; 3. The sceptical objection; 4. The defence of the principle; 5. An objection against the defence and a reply
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6. Conclusion: Information closure and the logic of being informedReferences; Probabilistic Logics in Quantum Computation; Abstract; 1. Introduction; 2. Preliminary Notions; 3. Probabilistic-Type Logic for Qbits; 4. Probabilistic-Type Logic for Mixed States; 5. Connections with Fuzzy Logic; References; Quantum Observer, Information Theory and Kolmogorov Complexity; Abstract; 1. Introduction; 2. Observer In The Interpretations of Quantum Mechanics; 2.1 Observer in the Copenhagen orthodoxy; 2.2 London and Bauer; 2.3 Wigner; 2.4 Everett; 3.Information-Theoretic Definition of Observer
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.1 Observer as a system identification algorithm3.2 Quantum and classical systems; 4. Elements of Reality; 4.1 Entropic criterion of objectivity; 4.2 Relativity of observation; 5. Experimental Test; 6. Concluding Remarks; References; Mathematical Philosophy?; Abstract; 1. Introduction; 2. Logical Analysis and Logical Explication; 3. The Dawn of Mathematics in Philosophy; 4. Recent uses of Mathematical methods in Philosophy; 5. Limitations?; 5.1 Philosophy and our conceptual world; 5.2 Models and instrumentalism; 5.3 Informal concepts and the discursive style
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.4 The bounded scope of mathematical methodsReferences; The Value of Computer Science for Brain Research; Abstract; 1. Introduction; 2. Brain research and its need for analogies; 3. Computer Science as the way out of the black box; 4. Simulating the brain: The Blue Brain Project; 5. Bottom-up vs. top-down simulations: Function before structure; 6. Conclusion; On Algorithm and Robustness in a Non-standard Sense; Abstract; 1. Introducation; 2. Reverse Mathematics; 2.1. Alan Turing's machine and Recursion Theory; 2.2. Reverse Mathematics and robustness; 3. Reuniting the Antipodes
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.1. The notion of finite procedure in Nonstandard Analysis
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Wenceslao J. Gonzalez, Preface,- Teams A and D: The Philosophy of Computer Science and Artificial Intelligence -- Jesse Alama, Reinhard Kahle, Computing with Mathematical Arguments -- Dennis Dieks, Is There a Unique Physical Entropy? Micro versus Macro -- Luciano Floridi, A Defence of the Principle of Information Closure against the Sceptical Objection -- Roberto Giuntini, Hector Freytes,  Antonio Ledda, Giuseppe Sergioli,  Probabilistic Logics in Quantum Computation -- Alexei Grinbaum, Quantum Observer, Information Theory and Kolmogorov Complexity -- Leon Horsten, Mathematical Philosophy? -- Ulriche Pompe, The Value of Computer Science for Brain Research -- Sam Sanders, On Algorithm and Robustness in a Non-standard Sense.-  Francisco C. Santos, Jorge M. Pacheco, Behavioral Dynamics under Climate Change Dilemmas -- Sonja Smets, Reasoning about Quantum Actions: A Logician's Perspective -- Leszek Wroński, Branching Space-Times and Parallel Processing -- Team B: Philosophy of Systems Biology -- Gabriele Gramelsberger, Simulation and System Understanding -- Tarja Knuuttila, Andrea Loettgers, Synthetic Biology as an Engineering Science? Analogical Reasoning, Synthetic Modeling, and Integration.- Anders Strand, Gry Oftedal, Causation and Counterfactual Dependence in Robust Biological Systems.- Melinda Bonnie Fagan, Experimenting Communities in Stem Cell Biology: Exemplars and Interdisciplinarity -- William Bechtel, From Molecules to Networks: Adoption of Systems Approaches in Circadian Rhythm Research.- Olaf Wolkenhauer, Jan-Hendrik Hofmeyr, Interdisciplinarity as both Necessity and Hurdle for Progress in the Life Sciences -- Team C: The Sciences of the Artificial vs. the Cultural and Social Sciences.- Amparo Gómez, Archaeology and Scientific Explanation: Naturalism, Interpretivism and ‘A Third Way’.- Demetris Portides, Idealization in Economics Modeling -- Ilkka Niiniluoto, On the Philosophy of Applied Social Sciences -- Arto Siitonen, The Status of Library Science: From Classification to Digitalization -- Paolo Garbolino, The Scientification of Forensic Practice -- Wenceslao J. Gonzalez, The Sciences of Design as Sciences of Complexity: The Dynamic Trait -- Subrata Dasgupta, Epistemic Complexity and the Sciences of the Artificial -- María José Arrojo, Communication Sciences as Sciences of the Artificial: The Analysis of the Digital Terrestrial Television.- Team E: The Philosophy of the Sciences that Received Philosophy of Science Neglected: Historical Perspective -- Elisabeth Nemeth, The Philosophy of the Other Austrian Economics -- Veronika Hofer, Philosophy of Biology in Early Logical Empiricism -- Julie Zahle, Participant Observation and Objectivity in Anthropology -- Jean-Marc Drouin, Three Philosophical Approaches to Entomology -- Anastasios Brenner, François Henn, Chemistry and French Philosophy of Science. A Comparison of Historical and Contemporary Views -- Cristina Chimisso, The Life Sciences and French Philosophy of Science: Georges Canguilhem on Norms -- Massimo Ferrari, Neglected History: Giulio Preti, the Italian Philosophy of Science, and the Neo-Kantian Tradition -- Thomas Mormann, Topology as an Issue for History of Philosophy of Science -- Graham Stevens, Philosophy, Linguistics, and the Philosophy of Linguistics -- PSE Symposium at EPSA 2011: New Challenges to Philosophy of Science.- Olav Gjelsvik, Philosophy as Interdisciplinary Research -- Theo Kuipers, Philosophy of Design Research -- Raffaella Campaner, Philosophy of Medicine and Model Design -- Roman Frigg, Seamus Bradley, Reason L. Machete, Leonard A. Smith, Probabilistic Forecasting: Why Model Imperfection Is a Poison Pill -- Daniel Andler, Dissensus in Science as a Fact and as a Norm. .
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 57
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400723214 , 1283944987 , 9781283944984
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 250 p, online resource)
    Serie: Mathematics Education in the Digital Era 1
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Martinovic, Dragana Visual Mathematics and Cyberlearning
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Visualization ; Computer software ; Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Visualization ; Computer software ; Mathematics ; Education Philosophy
    Kurzfassung: The first volume in this new Springer series explores innovative ways of learning and doing mathematics to make it more appealing to the Net Generation. This generation consists of visual learners who thrive when surrounded with new technologies and whose diverse needs can be met by a variety of cyber tools. In their search for novel ways of studying, such as collaboration with peers and multitasking by using multimedia, the Internet, and other Information and Communication Technologies, they learn mathematics by playing games online, watching and sharing presentations on YouTube, exploring and creating Java applets of mathematics simulations and exchanging thoughts over the instant chat tools. This volume presents mathematics teaching and learning in a way that resonates with these new learners: as a contemporary subject that is engaging, exciting and enlightening. It offers educators insight into how they can make meaningful use of the dynamic, interactive, collaborative, and visual nature of new learning environments while having a deeper understanding of their potential advantages and limitations. This volume:- Bridges the gap between Net Generation learners and mathematics education- Presents conceptual frameworks for research in this area- Explores research data that shed a light on innovative theories and practices in the field of visual mathematics and cyberlearning.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Visual Mathematics and Cyberlearning; Introduction; Mathematics Education in the Digital Era (MEDEra) Series; Visual Mathematics and Cyberlearning - The First Book in the MEDEra Series; Contents; Patterns of Collaboration: Towards Learning Mathematics in the Era of the Semantic Web; Introduction; Cyberlearning: From Web 1.0 to Web 2.0; Patterns of Collaboration: The Case of the MiGen and Metafora Projects; Collaboration in Exploratory Learning Environments; The MiGen System and the Metafora Platform; Collaboration Within the MiGen System and the Metafora Platform
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Student Collaboration and the TeacherCyberlearning: From Web 2.0 to Web 3.0; The Likely Impact of Web 3.0 on Systems Such as MiGen and Metafora; Conclusion; References; Collaborative Mathematics Learning in Online Environments; Introduction; Collaborative Online Learning of Research-Level Mathematics; Why Talk About the Research Level?; Overview of Online Collaboration at the Research Level; The Polymath Projects; The MathOverflow Website; Collaborative Online Learning: Undergraduate and School-Age Mathematics; Mathematics - Stack Exchange
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: An Excerpt of an Exchange on Mathematics - Stack ExchangeA Global Learning Project; Virtual Math Teams; Analysis and Contextualization; Computer Supported Collaborative Learning; The Computer Moderated Communication Model; Networked Learning, and Collaboration Versus Cooperation; Self-Regulated Learning; Discussion; References; The Integration of Mathematics Discourse, Graphical Reasoning and Symbolic Expression by a Virtual Math Team; Mathematical Practices; Data Collection and Methodology; Setting Up the Mathematical Analysis; Excerpt 1: Constitution of a New Math Task
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Excerpt 2: Co-construction of a Method for Counting SticksExcerpt 3: Collective Noticing of a Pattern of Growth; Excerpt 4: Resolution of Referential Ambiguity via Visual Proof; Concluding the Mathematical Analysis; Excerpt 5: Re-initiating the Discussion of the Algebraic Formula; Excerpt 6: Co-reflection on What the Team has Achieved So Far; Excerpt 7: Overcoming the Problem of Overlapping Sticks; Excerpt 8: Derivation of the Formula for the Number of Sticks; Discussion; Visibility of the Production Process; Persistent Presence of Contributions
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Methods for Referencing Relevant Artifacts in the Shared Visual FieldCoordination of Whiteboard Visualizations and Chat Narratives; Past and Future Relevancies Implied by Shared Mathematical Artifacts; Conclusion; References; Investigating the Mathematical Discourse of Young Learners Involved in Multi-Modal Mathematical Investigations: The Case of Haptic Technologies; Background and Rationale; Dynamic Geometry; Haptic Technology; Merging Fields; Theoretical Perspectives; Multi-modal Environment Design; Technical Specifications; Design of Mathematical Activities; Classification of Solids
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Planar Intersections
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Keith Jones, Eirini Geraniou, & Thanassis Tiropanis: Patterns of collaboration: Towards learning mathematics in the era of the semantic web -- 2. Gorjan Alagic & Mara Alagic: Collaborative mathematics learning in online environments -- 3. Murat Perit Cakir & Gerry Stahl: The integration of mathematics discourse, Graphical reasoning and symbolic expression by a Virtual Math Team -- 4. Beste Güçler, Stephen Hegedus, Ryan Robidoux, & Nicholas Jackiw: Investigating the Mathematical Discourse of Young Learners Involved in Multi-Modal Mathematical Investigations: The Case of Haptic Technologies -- 5. Dragan Trninic & Dor Abrahamson: Embodied interaction as designed mediations of conceptual performance -- 6. Luis Radford: Sensuous Cognition -- 7. George Gadanidis & Immaculate Namukasa: New media and online mathematics learning for teachers -- 8. Ann LeSage: Web-based video clips: A supplemental resource for supporting pre-service elementary mathematics teachers -- 9. Dragana Martinovic, Viktor Freiman, & Zekeriya Karadag: Visual mathematics and cyberlearning in view of Affordance and Activity Theories. .
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 58
    ISBN: 9789400762473
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 221 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Serie: Educational Research 7
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Educational research: the importance and effects of institutional spaces
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Education ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Pädagogik ; Forschung
    Kurzfassung: This collection of fresh analyses aims to map the links between educational theory and research, and the geographical and physical spaces in which teaching is practiced and discussed. The authors combine historical and philosophical perspectives in examining the differing institutional loci of education research, and also assess the potential and the limitations of each. The contributors trace the effects of ‘space’ on educational practice in the classroom, in the broader institutions, and in the academic discipline of education-doing so for a range of international contexts. The chapters address various topics relating to the physical and geographical environment. How, for example, does geographical space shape researchers’ mental frameworks? How did the learning environments in which young children are taught today evolve? To what extent did parochialism shape America’s higher education system? How can our understanding of classroom practice be enhanced by concepts of space? The book acknowledges that texts themselves, as well as the research ‘arena’, are ‘spaces’ too, and notes the fascinating debate on the concept of space in the field of mathematics education. Indeed, as more and more students move online, the book analyses the rising importance of virtual spaces such as Web 2.0, which have major educational implications for researchers and students joining the innovative ‘virtual’ universities of the future.This publication, as well as the ones that are mentioned in the preliminary pages of this work, were realized by the Research Community (FWO Vlaanderen / Research Foundation Flanders, Belgium) Philosophy and History of the Discipline of Education: Faces and Spaces of Educational Research
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Earlier Volumes in this Series; Contents; Chapter 1: Exploring a Multitude of Spaces in Education and Educational Research; Notes; References; Chapter 2: American Democracy and Harold D. Lasswell: Institutional Spaces of 'Failure' and 'Success', Present and Past; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Institutional Failure; 2.3 Introducing Lasswell; 2.4 Democratic Character; 2.5 Innovation; 2.6 Assessment; 2.7 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 3: The Power of the Parochial in Shaping the American System of Higher Education; 3.1 Rapid Expansion and Dispersion of US Colleges in the Nineteenth Century
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.2 Sources of Strength in a Humble Collection of Colleges3.3 Building New Capacity and Complexity into the System; 3.3.1 State Universities; 3.3.2 Land-Grant Colleges; 3.3.3 Normal Schools; 3.4 The System's Strengths in 1880; 3.4.1 Capacity in Place; 3.4.2 A Hardy Band of Survivors; 3.4.3 Consumer Sensitivity; 3.4.4 Adaptable Enterprises; 3.4.5 A Populist Role; 3.4.6 A Practical Role; 3.5 The Pieces Come Together with the Emergence of the Research University; 3.5.1 A Research Role; 3.5.2 Merging the Populist, the Practical, and the Elite in the American System; Notes; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 4: Crossing the Atlantic to Gain Knowledge in the Field of Psycho-Pedagogy: The 1922 Mission of Ovide Decroly and R...4.1 Aspects of 'Macro'-space: Crossing the Atlantic to Gain Knowledge in the Field of Psycho-Pedagogy; 4.2 Aspects of 'Micro'-space: Travel Notes as the Basis for Writing Biographies About Educational Researchers; References; Archives; Literature; Chapter 5: The Emergence of Institutional Educational Spaces for Young Children: In Pursuit of More Controllability of Education and Developmentas Part of the Long-Term Growthof Educational Space in History; 5.1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.2 Educational Space, Educational Ambitions and Education and Childhood in History5.3 Supervision, Controllability and the Optimal Development of the Young; 5.4 The Development of New Educational Spaces for the Education of Young Children; 5.4.1 A Shift in Educational Theories; 5.4.2 Shift in Educational Policy; 5.4.3 Shift in Educational Practices in a New Institutional Space for Young Children; 5.5 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 6: A Different Training, a Different Practice: Infant Care in Belgium in the Interwar Years in the City and in the Countryside
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6.1 Introduction: The Development of Infant Care as an Educational Space6.2 The Training of Nurses as an Institutional Space of Educational Research; 6.3 Nursing as a Vocation: The Social Nurse Offering Social Education in the Countryside; 6.4 Nursing as a Profession: The Visiting Nurse Offering Medical Care in the City; 6.5 Conclusion: A Different Training, a Different Practice; Notes; References; Chapter 7: Disability, Rehabilitation and the Great War: Making Space for Silence in the History of Education; 7.1 Spaces, Silence and Educational Research
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 7.2 Retracing Silence in the History of Rehabilitation, 1914-1918
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Exploring a multitude of spaces in education and educational research -- 2. American democracy and Harold D. Lasswell: Institutional spaces of ‘failure’ and ‘success’, present and past -- 3. The power of the parochial in shaping the American system of Higher Education -- 4. Crossing the Atlantic to gain knowledge in the field of psycho-pedagogy: The 1922 mission of Ovide Decroly and Raymond Buyse to the USA and the travel diary of the latter -- 5. The emergence of institutional educational spaces for young children: In pursuit of more controllability of education and development as part of the long-term growth of educational space in history -- 6. A different training, a different practice. Infant care in Belgium in the interwar years in the city and in the countryside -- 7. Disability, rehabilitation & the Great War: Making space for silence in the History of Education -- 8. Interpretation: The space of text -- 9. Exploring educational research as a multi-layered discursive space -- 10. The spaces of mathematics: Dynamic encounters between local and universal -- 11. The classroom space: A problem or a mystery?- 12. Spaces and places in the virtual university -- 13. Material contexts and creation of meaning in virtual places: Web 2.0 as a space of educational research. 14. From entrepreneurialism to innovation: Research, critique, and the Innovation Union -- 15. About the Authors -- Index. ​.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 59
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765795
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 265 p. 33 illus, digital)
    Serie: International perspectives on early childhood education and development 8
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Children's play and development
    Schlagwort(e): Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Play ; Child development
    Kurzfassung: This book provides new theoretical insights to our understanding of play as a cultural activity. All chapters address play and playful activities from a cultural-historical theoretical approach by re-addressing central claims and concepts in the theory and providing new models and understandings of the phenomenon of play within the framework of cultural historical theory. Empirical studies cover a wide range of institutional settings: preschool, school, home, leisure time, and in various social relations (with peers, professionals and parents) in different parts of the world (Europe, Australia, South America and North America). Common to all chapters is a goal of throwing new light on the phenomenon of playing within a theoretical framework of cultural-historical theory. Play as a cultural, collective, social, personal, pedagogical and contextual activity is addressed with reference to central concepts in relation to development and learning. Concepts and phenomena related to ZPD, the imaginary situation, rules, language play, collective imagining, spheres of realities of play, virtual realities, social identity and pedagogical environments are presented and discussed in order to bring the cultural-historical theoretical approach into play with contemporary historical issues. Essential as a must read to any scholar and student engaged with understanding play in relation to human development, cultural historical theory and early childhood education.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Children's Play and Development; What Is Play? Theories on Play; What Is Still Missing?; Cultural-Historical Perspectives on Play as Presented in This Book; The Application of Theory: General Statements About the Use of Well-Established Theories; Application of the Cultural-Historical Perspective on Theory as Presented in This Book; 1. Anti-reductionism; 2. The Historical Approach; 3. The Dialectics of Externalization and Internalization; Values; Presentation of Chapters; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 2: The Structure of Fantasy Play and Its Implications for Good and Evil GamesIntroduction; Play and Research in Play: Mainstream and Countertrends; Evil Play; The Dynamic Structure of Social Fantasy Play; A Model of the Structure and Components of Play; The Structure of Structure: The Spheres of Reality of Play; The Components of Absorption: The Components of the Sphere of Imagination; Implications; Conclusion: The Structure of Play and Some of Its Implications; References; Chapter 3: Playing with Social Identities: Play in the Everyday Life of a Peer Group in Day Care; Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Symbolic Group PlayTheoretical Preliminaries: Features of Symbolic Group Play; Pretence: Symbolic and Subjunctive Modalities of Thought; Play Dominated by As-If and What-If Actions; Material and Symbolic Tools of Play; Communicating About Reality and Pretence in the Play Group; Spheres of Reality; Aspects of the Institutional Tradition of Danish Day Care; Empirical Study; Method; Analysis of Play Example; Discussion; Identifying with Roles and Positions; Central and Peripheral Positions; The Director's Position; Building Relationships Through Playing; Symbolic and Factual Identity in Playing
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Playing Games with RulesTheoretical Preliminaries: Features of Games with Rules; Rules as Sociocultural Practice; Rules for Rules; Background Information; The Star Players; The Ordinary Players; The Other Players; Example; The Local Soccer Rules; Discussion; Negotiating and Creating Social Identities Through Soccer Playing; The Generic Social Hierarchy as Open System; Rules as Social Structures and Logics; Imagining Soccer; Subjunctive Thinking in Playing; Social Identification Process and Subjunctive Thinking in Playing
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Summing Up: Resemblances Between Symbolic Group Playing and Playing SoccerPlaying with Social Identities: Questing Recognition; References; Chapter 4: Pedagogical Perspectives on Play; Introduction; The Play-and-Learning Debate; The Logic of Social Fantasy Play; Characteristics of Fantasy Play; Creativity; Narrativity; Orientation and Flexibility; Meaningfulness; Reciprocity and Cooperation; Play as Source of Pedagogical Inspiration; Integration and Complexity in Pedagogical Praxis; From Children's "Traces" to Pedagogical Activities; The Witch Flying in a Spaceship
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Integration as Narrative Connections
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 60
    ISBN: 9789400765436
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXII, 257 p, digital)
    Serie: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 26
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy of law ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy of law ; Europäische Union ; Produktsicherheit ; Vereinheitlichung
    Kurzfassung: This book examines the increasing role of the legal method of systematisation in European Union (EU) law. It argues that the legal method of systematisation that has been developed in a welfare-state context is increasingly used as a regulative tool to functionally integrate the market. The book uses the example of EU product regulation as a reference to illustrate the impact of systematisation on EU law. It draws conclusions from this phenomenon and redefines the current place and origin of systematisation in the EU legal system. It puts forward and demonstrates two main arguments. First, in certain sectors such as in EU product safety law, the quality of EU law changes from a sector-specific and reactive field of law to an increasingly coherent legal system at European level. Therefore, instead of punctual market intervention, it increasingly governs whole market areas. By doing so, it challenges and often fully replaces the respective welfare-based legal systems in the Member States for the benefit of the ideal of a market-driven EU legal system. Second, at European level, the ideal is in development. This illustrates the change of the function of Statecraft from nation-states to market-states
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Acknowledgements; Contents; Abbreviations; Introduction; 1 Approach and Aims; 2 Methods; 3 Structure; Chapter 1: Mapping the Systematization of EU Product Safety Regulation; 1.1 The Emergence of Conceptual Risk-Based Product Safety Regulation in Europe; 1.1.1 The Different and Yet Common Development of 'New Governance'- and 'New Approach'-Products - A Summary; 1.1.2 The Case of 'New Approach'-Products: From Experimental Restraint to Systematic Horizontal Concepts; 'Standard Setting' Under the Traditional Free Movement of Goods-Regime
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The First Wave of Systematization: The Introduction of the 'New Approach'-System as Response to the ECJ's Wider Interpretation of the Free Movement of GoodsThe Switch of the Understanding of Market Integration Through 'Dassonville' and 'Cassis de Dijon'; Widening the 'New Approach' and Introduction of Post-market Surveillance Systems; Reasons for the First Wave of Systematization of 'New Governance'-Products: The ECJ's Push for a New Understanding of Market Integration
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Second Wave of Systematization: Conceptual Proposals Such as the Sutherland-Report, the Lisbon Agenda and the 'New Governance'- and 'Better Regulation'-ApproachThe Influence of the Sutherland-Report: Rationalization of Legislation Through Systematization; The Influence of the Lisbon-Agenda: European Market Integration Through Systematization; The Influence of the 'New Governance', 'Better Regulation', and 'Smart Regulation'-Strategies: Integration, Rationalization and Legitimisation Through Systematization; Intensifying and Institutionalising the 'New Approach'
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The New Legislative Framework for Marketing of ProductsReasons for the Second Wave of Systematization of 'New Approach'-Products: Rationalization, Market Integration and Legitimization; 1.1.3 The Case of 'New Governance'-Products: From Reaction Regulation to Consolidated and Codified Sector Specific Concepts; The First Wave: Sector-Specific Systematization as Reaction to Catastrophes; Regulation of Pharmaceuticals: The Thalidomide Story; Regulation of Food- and Feedstuff: Stories About Mad Cows and Dioxin Contaminations; Seveso and Chemical Law
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Reasons for the First Wave of Systematization of 'New Governance'-Products: People's PressureThe Second Wave: Systematic Sector Specific Consolidation and Codification After the 'New Governance'- and the 'Better Regulation'-Agenda; Substantial Systematization: The Introduction of Regulatory Logics to the Respective Areas; The 'Lisbon'-Agenda as General Guideline and the Transfer of 'New Approach' Logics to 'New Governance'-Products; European Systematization of Market Areas Through the Pharmacode, Foodcode and REACH
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Institutional Systematization: The Introduction of Regulatory Governance as the New Architecture of 'Supervision Governance'
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 61
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400746701
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XII, 233 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Serie: Law and Philosophy Library 102
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Legal argumentation theory
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Legal argumentation theory
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy of law ; Computers Law and legislation ; Semantics ; Humanities ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy of law ; Computers Law and legislation ; Semantics ; Humanities ; Forensic orations ; Law ; Methodology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Konferenzschrift ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Interdisziplinäre Forschung
    Kurzfassung: This book offers its readers an overview of recent developments in the theory of legal argumentation written by representatives from various disciplines, including argumentation theory, philosophy of law, logic and artificial intelligence. It presents an overview of contributions representative of different academic and legal cultures, and different continents and countries. The book contains contributions on strategic maneuvering, argumentum ad absurdum, argumentum ad hominem, consequentialist argumentation, weighing and balancing, the relation between legal argumentation and truth, the distinction between the context of discovery and context of justification, and the role of constitutive and regulative rules in legal argumentation. It is based on a selection of papers that were presented in the special workshop on Legal Argumentation organized at the 25th IVR World Congress for Philosophy of Law and Social Philosophy held 15-20 August 2011 in Frankfurt, Germany.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Legal Argumentation Theory: Cross-Disciplinary Perspectives; Introduction; Contents; Chapter 1: Reasoning by Consequences: Applying Different Argumentation Structures to the Analysis of Consequentialist Reasoning in Judicial Decisions; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Theories on Consequentialist Reasoning; 1.2.1 MacCormick's Theory; 1.2.2 Wróblewski's Theory; 1.2.3 Feteris' Pragma-Dialectical Proposal; 1.3 Judges on Consequences; 1.4 Conclusions; References; Chapter 2: On the Argumentum ad Absurdum in Statutory Interpretation: Its Uses and Normative Significance; 2.1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.2 The Strictly Logical Sense of the Argumentum ad Absurdum2.3 The Argumentum ad Absurdum as a Special Case of Pragmatic Argument; 2.3.1 The Problem of the Indeterminacy of Pragmatic Arguments and the Distinctive Feature of the ad Absurdum Argument; 2.3.2 The Difference Between the Argumentum ad Absurdum and the Generic Consequentialist Arguments; 2.3.3 The Context of the ad Absurdum Argument; 2.3.4 The Foundation of the Argumentum ad Absurdum; 2.3.4.1 The Nature of the Assumption of the Rational Legislator
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.3.4.2 A Second Thought on the Nature of the ad Absurdum Argument: Absurdity as Unreasonableness2.3.4.3 On the Foundations of the ad Absurdum Argument and the Assumption of the Rational Legislator; 2.3.5 The Practical Requirements of the Pragmatic Version of the ad Absurdum Argument; 2.4 Final Considerations; References; Chapter 3: Why Precedent in Law (and Elsewhere) Is Not Totally (or Even Substantially) About Analogy; 3.1 Analogy as a Friend; 3.2 Precedent as a Foe; 3.3 On the Differences Between Analogy and Precedent; 3.4 Does Precedential Constraint Make Sense?
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.5 Towards a Research Program on PrecedentReferences; Chapter 4: Fallacies in Ad Hominem Arguments; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Definition of Argument Ad Hominem; 4.3 Ad Hominem Fallacies; 4.4 Talking About Errors as Fallacies; 4.5 Conclusions; References; Chapter 5: The Rule of Law and the Ideal of a Critical Discussion; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Pragma-Dialectical Approach to Legal Argumentation; 5.2.1 Methodological Starting-Points; 5.2.2 Reasonableness and the Ideal Model of a Critical Discussion; 5.3 The Ideal of the Rule of Law; 5.4 Reconstructing Judicial Standpoints in Legal Decisions
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.4.1 Houtlosser Defines the Speech Act `Advancing a Standpoint' with the following conditions5.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Strategic Maneuvering with the Argumentative Role of Legal Principles in the Case of the "Unworthy Spouse"; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 The Case of the `Unworthy Spouse'; 6.3 Dialectical Analysis of the Argumentation of the Supreme Court; 6.4 Dialectical Analysis of the Contributions to the Discussion of the Court of Appeal and the Supreme Court; 6.4.1 Dialectical Analysis of the Contributions of the Court of Appeal
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6.4.2 Dialectical Analysis of the Contributions of the Supreme Court
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 62
    ISBN: 9789400759985
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XI, 812 p. 6 illus., 2 illus. in color, digital)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Spheres of global justice
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Medicine ; Law ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Medicine ; Law ; Weltordnung ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit ; Globalisierung ; Politische Beteiligung ; Erde
    Kurzfassung: Spheres of Global Justice analyzes six of the most important and controversial spheres of global justice, each concerning a specific global social good. These spheres are democratic participation, migrations, cultural minorities, economic justice, social justice, and intergenerational justice. Together they constitute two constellations dealt with, in this collection of essays by leading scholars, in two different volumes: Global Challenges to Liberal Democracy and Fair Distribution. These essays illustrate each of the spheres, delving into their differences, commonalities, collisions and interconnections. Unlike many writings on global justice, Spheres of Global Justice does not content itself with describing the painful and advantageous effects of the globalization process as being ipso facto a global injustice or a just global order. Rather, this multidisciplinary collection of essays, from a pluralist inspiration, combines empirical analysis with theoretical approaches and ethical principles, paying close attention to two aspects of the effects of the globalization process. These aspects are the causal relationships that lead to such effects and the kinds of obligations, or of normative relationships between global rights and correlative duties, that applies to each specific individual case. This volume illustrates how diverse global obligations are, and how they can be, grounded in diverse relationships (identity, ability to provide help, causal responsibility, past injustices, protection of agency and promotion of independence, etc.). These essays also demonstrate that an ethical global approach has not only international or transnational, but also domestic, local and interpersonal dimensions
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 General Introduction; Jean-Christophe Merle -- Volume 1 Global Challenges to Liberal Democracy: Political Participation, Minorities and Migrations -- Co-Editors: Luc Foisneau, Christian Hiebaum, Juan Carlos Velasco -- 2 Introduction; Luc Foisneau, Christian Hiebaum and Juan Carlos Velasco -- Part 1 Political Participation;  Co-Editor:  Christian Hiebaum -- 3 Global Democracy. Promises and Delusions; Klaus Müller -- 4 Democracy in the Age of Global Markets; Urs Marti -- 5 Bringing Democracy Back In? From local politics to global politics; Hans Vorländer -- 6 Demarchy - A Dubious Conception of Global Democracy; Christian Hiebaum -- 7 Participation in Public Debate and Ethical Division Within Nations; Emmanuel Picavet -- 8 Deliberative Democracy and the Politics of Difference; Daniel Loewe -- 9 Political Legitimacy of the EU in the Perspective of Citizens' Participation and Representation; Herman von Erp -- 10 Global Citizenship? Political Rights Under Imperial Conditions; Massimo La Torre -- Part 2 Minorities; Co-Editor: Luc Foisneau -- 11 What is 'Political' about Minority Rights?; Luc Foisneau -- 12 Walzer on Community and Emergency: the Question of Minorities; Tom Sorell -- 13 Territoriality and Transnational Citizenship; Oliviero Angeli -- 14 Minority Parties, Parties not Unlike the Others: The Case of the Democratic Alliance of Hungarians in Romania (DAHR); Antonela Capelle-Pogacean -- 15 Minority Rights and Global Justice: A Netherlands Perspective; Piet de Klerk -- 16 Integrating Cultural Concerns in the Interpretation of Traditional Individual Rights - Lessons from the International Human Rights Jurisprudence; Julie Ringelheim -- 17 Intercultural Justice. Cutting across the cultural boundaries of legal norms; Francisco Colom-Gonzalez -- 18 Cultural Defense, Hate Crimes and Equality Before the Law; Jean-Christophe Merle -- 19 On the Relationship Between Law and Morality in a National and in a Global Perspective; Paul Cobben -- 20 Cultural and Minority Rights in European Integration - Promises and Pitfalls; Francis Cheneval and Sonja Dänzer -- 21 The Recognition of New States and the Protection of Minority Rights in Yugoslavia; Richard Caplan -- 22 Cosmopolitan Justice and Minority Rights: The Case of Minority Nations (or Kant again, but different); Ferran Requejo -- Part 3 Migrations; Co-Editor: Juan Carlos Velasco -- 23 Beyond the Borders. Migration Policies, Justice and Citizenship from a Global Perspective; Juan Carlos Velasco -- 24 Migration and Global Inequalities; Francis Cheneval -- 25 To Each Their Own Place? Immigration, Justice, and Political Reflexivity; Hans Lindahl -- 26 Migration and the Division of Moral Labor; Christian Hiebaum -- 27 The Dilemmas of Control: rights, walls and identities in state policies to international migration; Ana López Sala -- 28 From Protection of the Migrant to the Rights of the Migrant Person: Free the migrant from his legal exile..; Sylvie Saroléa -- 29 Immigration and Cultural Justice: A Reflection On Human Rights Of "New" Minorities; Eduardo J. Ruiz Vieytez -- 30 Challenging Illegalization: Migrant Struggles, Political Actions and Rancière's Political Philosophy; Noelia González Cámara -- 31 The Democratic Integration of Difference: Reflections on the Paradoxes of the French Republican Model of Citizenship; Matteo Gianni -- 32 Headscarves in School Again: How republican is the 2004 law banning ostentatious religious signs from public schools?; Jean-Fabien Spitz -- Volume 2 Fair Distribution: Global Economic, Social and Intergenerational Justice; Co-Editors: Paul Cobben, Urs Marti -- 33 Introduction to Global Social Justice; Urs Marti -- Part 1Global Social Justice; Co-Editor:  Urs Marti -- 34 Social and Global Justice; Peter Koller -- 35 Global Social Justice: Whose justice, whose responsibility?; Bernd Ladwig -- 36 Human Capabilities and Global Justice; Ricardo Parellada -- 37 Social Right in a Global Economy; Urs Marti -- 38 Institutionalization of Social Justice and Constitutionalization of Socio-Economic Equality; Caroline Guibet Lafaye -- 39 Consequentialist and Nonconsequentialist Dimensions in the Ethical Evaluation of Inequality; Emmanuel Picavet.-40 The Discourse of Justice in Political, Legal and Moral Community; Peter Burgess -- 41 Which Identities are Entitled to Collective Rights?; Paul Cobben -- 42 Are WTO Sanctions Unjust?; Henri Culot -- 43 Global Justice. Imposed and Shared Risks; Véronique Munoz-Dardé -- Part 2 Global Economic Justice; Co-Editor: Paul Cobben -- 44 Introduction to Global Economic Justice; Paul Cobben -- 45 Positive Rights and Globalization of Duties; Txetxu Ausín.-  46 Global Distributions of World Resources; Caroline Guibet-Lafaye -- 47 Perfecting Imperfect Duties via Institutionalization; Markus Stepanians -- 48 Do We Have a Negative Duty Towards the Global Poor?Thomas Pogge on global justice; Roland Pierik -- 49 World poverty and the duty to aid; Johan Graafland and Mandy Bosma -- 50 The WHO Policy of Primary Health Care; Caroline Guibet Lafaye -- 51 Dancing with the Devil: A (Limited) Defence of Protectionism; Krista Nadakavukaren-Schefer -- 52 Neoliberalism and Authority Relationships; Emmanuel Picavet -- 53 Economic Citizenship Rights as Barriers to Trade? Production-related Local Justice and Business-driven Globalisation; Richard Sturn -- 54 Can Multinationals be Considered Moral Actors? Or: does business ethics make any sense?; Paul Cobben -- 55 Justice of Wages in Germany and Abroad - An Empirical Investigation; Gert Wagner, Stefan Liebig and Jürgen Schupp -- Part 3 Intergenerational Justice -- 56 Introductory Remark -- 57 Climate Justice: Past Emissions and the Present Allocation of Emission Rights; Lukas Meyer and Dominic Roser -- 58 Sustainable development as practical intragenerational and intergenerational justice: interpretations, requirements, and indicators; Paul-Marie Boulanger -- 59 On the Relevancy of the Ecological Footprint for the Study of Intergenerational Justice; Grégory Ponthière -- 60 Pension funds, sovereign-wealth funds and intergenerational justice; Alexander Cappelen and Runa Urheim.-  61 The Polluter Pays? Backward-Looking Principles of Intergenerational Justice and the Environment; Daniel Butt -- 62 Democracy and Future Generations. Should the unborn have a voice?; Ludvig Beckmann -- 63 The Preservation of Humankind as an Object of Moral Concern; Herman van Erp -- 64 About the Authors.
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 63
    ISBN: 9789400755741
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 202 p. 27 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Advances in Group Decision and Negotiation 6
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Computer science ; Culture Study and teaching ; Application software ; Computational intelligence ; Psychology ; Computer Science ; Computer science ; Social sciences Data processing ; Engineering ; Regional planning ; Philosophy (General)
    Kurzfassung: With increasing globalization of business and science, cultural differences of the parties are an important factor that affects the process and outcomes of collaborative and self-interested interactions. The social science literature on culture, human collaboration and negotiation is mostly devoted to work within the same culture. Computer science and Artificial intelligence researchers have developed computational models of cooperation, conflict resolution and negotiation without paying a great deal of attention to identifying and modelling cultural factors. The interest in understanding inter-cultural interactions has increased substantially and has led to greater interest of social scientists and computational scientists in theoretical and experimental analysis of inter-cultural exchanges, modelling and support. The aim of this volume is to bridge the gap and bring these communities together to share research work and experiences, discuss ideas and forge interdisciplinary collaborative relations
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Models for Intercultural Collaboration and Negotiation; Foreword; Contents; A Formal Definition of Culture; 1 Introduction; 2 Defining Culture; 3 A Formal Definition of Culture. The Version Without States; 4 Measures for the Comparison of Cultures; 4.1 Measuring Culture as a Snapshot; 4.1.1 Culture; 4.1.2 Culture of a Group; 4.1.3 A Culture of an Individual and a Culture of a Group; 4.1.4 A Culture of a Group and a Culture of Another Group; 4.2 Example; 5 A Case Study; 5.1 Scenario Description; 5.2 Applying Our Approach; 5.3 Discussion
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6 A Formal Definition of Culture. The Version with States7 Related Work and Discussion; 8 Conclusions; References; Toward a Contextualized Cultural Framework; 1 Introduction; 2 Theoretical Background; 2.1 Moving Beyond the Traditional Value-Based Approach: The Consideration of Context; 3 A Contextualized Framework of Culture; 3.1 Development of a Contextualized Cultural Framework; 3.2 Internal Sources That Influence Culture; 3.2.1 Cultural Values; 3.2.2 Individualism-Collectivism; 3.2.3 Locus of Control; 3.2.4 Power Distance; 3.2.5 Masculinity-Femininity
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.2.6 Long-Term vs. Short Term Orientation3.3 Affective Dimensions; 3.3.1 Emotional Expressivity and Control; 3.4 Motivational Dimensions; 3.4.1 Self-Enhancement and Self-Criticism; 3.4.2 Uncertainty Reduction; 3.5 External Sources That Influence Culture; 3.5.1 Social Context; 3.5.2 Geography; 3.5.3 Language; 3.5.4 Political Context; 3.6 Types of Cross-National, Cross-Cultural Studies; 4 Measurement Issues; 5 Discussion; 6 Conclusion; References; Toward a Unified Negotiation Framework: Leveraging Strengths in Behavioral and Computational Communities; 1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2 Negotiation Research: Different Perspectives3 The Present Framework; 3.1 Utilities; 3.2 Agent-Internal States; 3.3 Agent-Internal Reasoning; 3.4 Externally-Observable Behavior and Characteristics; 4 Conclusions; References; A Model of Culture in Trading Agents; 1 Introduction; 2 Related Work; 3 Modeling Approach; 4 Research Questions; 5 Hofstede's Dimensions and Their Effects on Trade; 5.1 Masculinity Versus Femininity; 5.2 Individualism Versus Collectivism; 5.3 Power Distance; 5.4 Uncertainty Avoidance; 5.5 Long-Term Versus Short-Term Orientation
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.6 The Joint Effects of Hofstede's Dimensions5.7 Partner Selection; 5.8 Negotiation; 5.9 Opportunism and Trust; 6 Simulation Examples; 7 Conclusion; References; How Do I Trust Thee? Dynamic Trust Patterns and Their Individual and Social Contextual Determinants; 1 Introduction; 2 Phases of Trust; 2.1 Trust Formation; 2.2 Trust Dissolution; 2.3 Trust Restoration; 3 Defining Trust Trajectories; 3.1 High Trust Profile: Fast Formation, Slow Dissolution, Fast Restoration; 3.2 High Distrust Profile: Slow Formation, Fast Dissolution, and Slow Restoration
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.3 Tit-for-Tat Trust Profile: Fast Formation, Fast Dissolution, and Fast Restoration
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Gerald F. Goodwin: Forword to the Volume -- Birukou, A., Blanzieri, E., Giorgini, P., & Giunchiglia, F. A: Formal Definition of Culture -- Salazar, M. R., Shuffler, M. L., Bedwell, W. L., and  Salas, E.: Toward A Contextualized Cultural Framework -- Turan, N., Dai, T., Sycara, K., Weingart, L.: Toward a Unified Negotiation Framework: Leveraging Strengths in Behavioral and Computational Communities -- Hofstede, G. J., Jonker, C., Werwaart, T. A: Model of Culture in Trading Agents -- Fulmer, C. A., & Gelfand, M. J.: How Do I Trust Thee? Dynamic Trust Patterns and Their Individual and Social Contextual Determinants -- Jassin, K., Sheik, H., Obeid, N., Argo, N., Ginges, J.: Negotiating Cultural Conflicts Over Sacred Values -- Bui-Wrzosinska, L., Gelfand, M. J., Nowak, A., & Severance, L.: Studying trajectories of conflict escalation -- Dudik, M., & Gordon, G. J.: A Game-Theoretic Approach to Modeling Cross-Cultural Negotiation -- Paruchuri, P., Chakraborty, N., Zivan, R., Sycara, K., Dudik, M., & Gordon, G.: POMDP Based Negotiation modeling -- de Raad, W. E., Nowak, A., & Borkowski, W.: Modeling Dynamics of Multicultural Integration and Conflict.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 64
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400762237
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIX, 235 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Suppl.: Rezensiert in Silver, David Business Ethics in the 21st Century, by Norman E. Bowie. Dordrecht: Springer, 2013. 235 pp. ISBN: 978-9400762220 2015
    Serie: Issues in Business Ethics 39
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Economics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Economics ; Wirtschaftsethik
    Kurzfassung: This work provides a critical look at business practice in the early 21st century and suggests changes that are both practical and normatively superior. Several chapters present a reflection on business ethics from a societal or macro-organizational point of view. It makes a case for the economic and moral superiority of the sustainability capitalism of the European Union over the finance-based model of the United States. Most major themes in business ethics are covered and some new ones are introduced, including the topic of the right way to teach business ethics. The general approach adopted in this volume is Kantian. Alternative approaches are critically evaluated
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Business Ethics in the 21st Century; Introduction by the Series Editors; Preface; Editorial Board Issues in Business Ethics; Editorial Board Eminent Voices in Business Ethics; Contents; Part I: Economic Issues in Business Ethics; Chapter 1: Fair Markets Revisited; Morality as a Ground of Legal Decisions; A Rejoinder and Reply; Advice for Managers; Characteristics of Fairness; Objections and Replies; Conclusion; Chapter 2: What's Wrong with Efficiency and Always Low Prices; Introduction; The Problem; Some Observations from Home and Abroad; What Some Others Are Saying; The Issue or Issues
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: What's to Be DoneObjections and Replies; Conclusion; Chapter 3: Economics, Friend or Foe of Ethics; Economics as Foe; Foe: Adherence to Psychological Egoism; Foe: Assumptions of Agency Theory; Dropping the "No Transaction Costs" Assumption: Transaction Cost Economics; Turning Economics from Foe to Friend; Codes of Ethics; The Importance of a Good "Ethical Climate"; Multinationals and Universal Standards; The Argument for Universal Ethical Values; An Argument for Truly Universal Standards of Business Ethics; A Complication; Fairness as an Explanatory Variable in Economics and Management Theory
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ConclusionPart II: Philosophical Issues in Business; Chapter 4: Kantian Themes; Why Kant; Organization of This Chapter; Rethinking and Defending Business Ethics : A Kantian Perspective; Chapter 1 Immoral Business Practices; Chapter 2 Treating the Humanity of Stakeholders as Ends Rather than as Means Merely; Chapter 3 The Firm as a Moral Community; Chapter 4 Acting from Duty: How Pure a Motive?; Chapter 5 The Cosmopolitan Perspective; The New Generation of Scholars Applying Kant to Business Ethics; Aristotle-Not Kant; Kantian Accounts of Corporate Social Responsibility; Conclusion
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 5: Limitations of the Pragmatist Approach to Business EthicsBackground; Rorty's Contingency, Irony, and Solidarity; Why Literature Misleads; Rorty's Address Before the Society for Business Ethics; The Pragmatism of Ed Freeman and Some of His Students; Should Stakeholder Theorists Adopt a Pragmatist Methodology?; Concluding Thought; Part III: International Issues in Business Ethics; Chapter 6: Varieties of Corporate Social Responsibility; The Maximization of Shareholder Wealth Capitalism-American Finance Based Capitalism; Corporate Social Responsibility as Charity
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: An Addendum to the Classical American View: Stakeholder CapitalismSocial Responsibility Under the Stakeholder Model; The European Sustainability Version of Capitalism; Philanthropy, the Safety Net, and Human Rights; The Business Case for Social Responsibility; Corporate Social Responsibility in Asia; Japan; India; China; Evidence That China Seems to Lack a Sense of Corporate Social Responsibility; Which Version of Corporate Social Responsibility Should a Country Adopt?; The Moral Argument for Sustainability; Why Philanthropy Is Not Enough
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Does China Need Corporate Social Responsibility to Survive
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 65
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400763685
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIII, 639 p. 43 illus, digital)
    Serie: Cross-Cultural Advancements in Positive Psychology 4
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Public health ; Quality of Life Research ; Quality of Life ; Applied psychology ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Psychology ; Quality of Life Research ; Applied psychology ; Südafrika ; Positive Psychologie ; Wohlbefinden
    Kurzfassung: Contributors -- Preface -- Chapter 1. Introduction; Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 2. Toward Fortigenesis and Fortology: An Informed Essay; Deodandus J. W. Strumpfer -- Chapter 3. Positive Psychology and Education; Irma Eloff -- Chapter 4. Life Design: An Approach to Managing Diversity in South Africa; Jacobus G. Maree -- Chapter 5. Teacher Pathways to Resilience: Interpretations of Teacher Adjustment to HIV/AIDS-related Challenges; Linda Theron -- Chapter 6. Building generative theory from case work: The relationship-resourced resilience model; Liesel Ebersohn -- Chapter 7. From Happiness to Flourishing at Work: A Southern African Perspective; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 8. Resilience and Thriving among Health Professionals; Henriëtte van den Berg -- Chapter 9. Measuring Happiness: Results of a Cross-National Study; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 10. Further validation of the General Psychological Well-being Scale among a Setswana-speaking group; Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Q. Michael Temane and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 11. Feeling Good, Functioning Well and Being True: Reflections on Selected Findings from the FORT Research Programme; Marié P. Wissing and Michael Temane -- Chapter 12. Coping and Cultural Context: Implications for Psychological Health and Well-being; Marelize Willers, Johan C. Potgieter, Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Leoné Malan, Paul J. Mentz, and Suria Ellis -- Chapter 13. Aspects of Family Resilience in Various Groups of South African Families; Abraham P. Greeff -- Chapter 14. Psychological Well-being, Physical Health, and the Quality of Life of a Group of Farm Workers in South Africa: The FLAGH study; Sammy, M. Thekiso, Karel, F. H. Botha, Marié P. Wissing and Annamarie Kruger -- Chapter 15. The Pivotal Role of Social Support in the Well-being of Adolescents; Henriëtte S. Van den Berg, Ancel A. George, Edwin D. Du Plessis, Anja Botha, Natasha Basson, Marisa De Villiers and Solomon Makola -- Chapter 16. Older Adults’ Coping with Adversities in an African Context: A Spiritually Informed Relational Perspective; Vera Roos -- Chapter 17. Asset-based Coping as One Way of Dealing with Vulnerability; Ronél Ferreira -- Chapter 18.Relational Coping Strategies of Older Adults with Drought in a Rural African Context; Vera Roos, Shingairai Chigeza and Dewald van Niekerk -- Chapter 19. The Stories of Resilience in a Group of Professional Nurses in South Africa; Magdalene P Koen, Chrizanne van Eeden, Marié Wissing and Vicki Koen -- Chapter 20. Psychosocial Health: Disparities between Urban and Rural Communities; Marié P. Wissing, Q. Michael Temane, Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Annamarie Kruger and Hester H.Vorster -- Chapter 21. Multi-cultural differences in hope and goal-achievement; David J. F. Maree and Marinda Maree -- Chapter 22. The Role of Gender and Race in Sense of Coherence and Hope Orientation Results; Sanet van der Westhuizen (née Coetzee), Marié de Beer and Nomfusi Bekwa -- Chapter 23. Self-Regulation as Psychological Strength in South Africa: A Review; Karel Botha -- Chapter 24. Commitment as an identity-level regulatory process in academic and interpersonal contexts; Salomé Human-Vogel -- Chapter 25. Facilitating psychological well-being through hypnotherapeutic interventions; Tharina Guse and Gerda Fourie -- Chapter 26. Positive Psychology and Subclinical Eating Disorders; Doret Kirsten and Wynand F. Du Plessis -- Chapter 27. Evaluation of a Programme to Enhance Flourishing in Adolescents; Izanette Van Schalkwyk and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 28. Conclusions and Challenges for Further Research; Marié P. Wissing
    Kurzfassung: This is the first book to bring together examples of research in positive psychology / psychofortology conducted in the multi-cultural South African context with its diverse populations and settings. The volume reflects basic as well as applied well-being research in the multicultural South African context, as conducted in various contexts and with a variety of methods and foci. Theoretical, review, and empirical research contributions are made, reflecting positivist to constructivist approaches, and include quantitative, qualitative, and mixed-method approaches. Some findings support universality assumptions, but others uncovered unique cultural patterns. Chapters report on well-being research conducted in the domains of education, work, health, and family, and in clinical, urban vs. rural, and unicultural vs. multicultural contexts. Studies span the well-being of adolescents, adults, and older people, and topics include resilience in individuals, families, and groups, measurement issues and coping processes, the role of personal and contextual variables, and facets such as hope, spirituality, self-regulation, and interventions
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction; References; Chapter 2: Towards Fortigenesis and Fortology: An Informed Essay; Central Constructs; Salutogenesis; Fortigenesis; Fortology; Continua; Positive Psychology; Antonovsky a Positive Psychologist?; Sense of Coherence and Generalized Resistance Resources; General Psychosocial Well-Being; Resiling; Self-efficacy; Genetics and Neuroscience; Culture; Independent and Dependent Construals; Social Support; Implications of Culture for Conceptualization; Implications of Culture for Positive Thinking; Systems Thinking; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 3: Positive Psychology and EducationPositive Psychology Within Education; The Potential of Teaching Positive Psychology; The Broaden-and-Build Theory; Strengths in Individuals and Systems; Assessing for Strengths; The Need to Understand Cultural Interpretations; Beyond the Reactionary Phase; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Life Design: An Approach to Managing Diversity in South Africa; Goals of the Chapter; Reason for Narrative Approaches; Impact of Global Changes in the Workplace on People's Lifestyles
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Overview of the Interplay Between the Waves in Psychology, the Economy, and Career Counselling Over the Past 120 YearsLink Between Helping Models in Career Counselling and Economic Waves (Molitor, 1999, 2000 ; Savickas, 2006a, 2006b, 2007b, 2007c); Factors Emphasized During Each of the Four Economic Waves and Concurrent Helping Models in Career Counselling (Savickas, 2006a, 2006b, 2007b); Epistemological Approaches That Have Underpinned the Practice of Career Counselling; The Traditional Approach to Career Counselling; A Qualitative (Narrative) Approach to Career Counselling
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Social ConstructionismSavickas' Theory of Career Construction Counselling for Life Designing; Savickas' Career Construction Theory; Life Design; Factors That Can Influence the Life Design Counselling Process; Career Adaptability; Practical Implications of the Movement Towards a Qualitative-Quantitative Approach to Career Counselling; General Orientation; Career Counselling Failing Non-European Clients; Imbalances in the South African Economy; The Need for a More Appropriate Theoretical and Practical Base for Career Counselling in South Africa
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Addressing the Psychosocial Needs of the South African PopulationFramework for Career Counselling in South Africa; A Word of Caution: State of the African Economy; Value of Life Design Counselling in South Africa; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Teacher Pathways to Resilience: Interpretations of Teacher Adjustment to HIV/AIDS-Related Challenges; Pathways to Resilience: A Conceptualization; Pathways to Teacher Resilience; Intrapersonal Pathways to Resilience; Interpersonal Pathways to Resilience; Existential Pathways to Resilience; Method; Research Design; Case One; Case Two; Case Three
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Data Generation and Analysis
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contributors -- Preface -- Chapter 1. Introduction; Marié  P. Wissing -- Chapter 2. Toward Fortigenesis and Fortology: An Informed Essay; Deodandus J. W. Strumpfer -- Chapter 3. Positive Psychology and Education; Irma Eloff -- Chapter 4. Life Design: An Approach to Managing Diversity in South Africa; Jacobus G. Maree -- Chapter 5. Teacher Pathways to Resilience: Interpretations of Teacher Adjustment to HIV/AIDS-related Challenges; Linda Theron -- Chapter 6. Building generative theory from case work: The relationship-resourced resilience model; Liesel Ebersohn -- Chapter 7. From Happiness to Flourishing at Work: A Southern African Perspective; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 8. Resilience and Thriving among Health Professionals; Henriëtte van den Berg -- Chapter 9. Measuring Happiness: Results of a Cross-National Study; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 10. Further validation of the General Psychological Well-being Scale among a Setswana-speaking group; Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Q. Michael Temane and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 11. Feeling Good, Functioning Well and Being True: Reflections on Selected Findings from the FORT Research Programme; Marié P. Wissing and Michael Temane -- Chapter 12. Coping and Cultural Context: Implications for Psychological Health and Well-being; Marelize Willers, Johan C. Potgieter, Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Leoné Malan, Paul J. Mentz, and Suria Ellis -- Chapter 13. Aspects of Family Resilience in Various Groups of South African Families; Abraham P. Greeff -- Chapter 14. Psychological Well-being, Physical Health, and the Quality of Life of a Group of Farm Workers in South Africa: The FLAGH study; Sammy, M. Thekiso, Karel, F. H. Botha, Marié P. Wissing  and Annamarie Kruger -- Chapter 15. The Pivotal Role of Social Support in the Well-being of Adolescents; Henriëtte S. Van den Berg, Ancel  A. George, Edwin D. Du Plessis, Anja Botha, Natasha Basson,  Marisa De Villiers and Solomon Makola -- Chapter 16. Older Adults’ Coping with Adversities in an African Context: A Spiritually Informed Relational Perspective; Vera Roos -- Chapter 17. Asset-based Coping as One Way of Dealing with Vulnerability; Ronél Ferreira -- Chapter 18.Relational Coping Strategies of Older Adults with Drought in a Rural African Context; Vera Roos, Shingairai Chigeza and Dewald van Niekerk -- Chapter 19. The Stories of Resilience in a Group of Professional Nurses in South Africa; Magdalene P Koen, Chrizanne van Eeden, Marié Wissing and Vicki Koen -- Chapter 20. Psychosocial Health: Disparities between Urban and Rural Communities; Marié P. Wissing, Q. Michael Temane, Itumeleng P. Khumalo,  Annamarie Kruger and Hester H.Vorster -- Chapter 21. Multi-cultural differences in hope and goal-achievement; David J. F. Maree and Marinda Maree -- Chapter 22. The Role of Gender and Race in Sense of Coherence and Hope Orientation Results; Sanet van der Westhuizen (née Coetzee), Marié de Beer and Nomfusi Bekwa -- Chapter 23. Self-Regulation as Psychological Strength in South Africa: A Review; Karel Botha -- Chapter 24. Commitment as an identity-level regulatory process in academic and interpersonal contexts; Salomé Human-Vogel -- Chapter 25. Facilitating psychological well-being through hypnotherapeutic interventions; Tharina Guse and Gerda Fourie -- Chapter 26. Positive Psychology and Subclinical Eating Disorders; Doret Kirsten and Wynand F. Du Plessis -- Chapter 27. Evaluation of a Programme to Enhance Flourishing in Adolescents; Izanette Van Schalkwyk and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 28. Conclusions and Challenges for Further Research; Marié P. Wissing.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 66
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400761995
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XI, 323 p, digital)
    Serie: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 24
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Constitutional law ; Law ; Law ; Constitutional law ; Lateinamerika ; Geschlecht ; Sexualität ; Rechtsprechung
    Kurzfassung: Translated and updated from the seminal Spanish text on legal decisions affecting gender and sexuality in Latin America, this English edition is the only law text to focus specifically on the rights of lesbians, gays, bisexuals and the transgender population in addition to women’s rights more broadly. The volume provides close analysis of some of the most important decisions made by Latin American national courts, as well as those made by international legal bodies, that affect the rights and interests of these groups. Specially selected for their depth of argument and value as exemplars, the studies of good legal practice chart the path of the region’s normative values of justice as they have evolved away from a partial, and patriarchal, exercise of the law. They show how cases with vastly differing contexts such as, property rights and domestic violence have resulted in a mixed body of Latin American law. Some decisions are protective of women’s and minority rights. Some assess the wider social impacts of case law in which recognition of the discrete legal identities within households challenges established precepts, including religious ones. Other cases have been chosen as cautionary examples of bad decision-making and for the poverty of their legal debate. Updated to include the latest relevant jurisprudence from across the continent, this book is an informed, cohesive and comprehensive guide to understanding women’s and gender-based rights in Latin America
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Foreword; Acknowledgements; Biographies; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; Chapter 2: Citizenship; 2.1 Citizenship as an Aspiration: Equality, Reparation, and Emancipation; 2.1.1 Equality Before the Law; 2.1.1.1 Matters for Debate; 2.1.2 Reparation; 2.1.2.1 Matters for Debate; Progress; Quota Laws; 2.1.3 Emancipation; 2.1.3.1 Matters for Debate; 2.2 Citizenship as Belonging: Identity and Culture; 2.2.1 Identity; 2.2.1.1 Matters for Debate; 2.2.2 Culture; 2.2.2.1 Matters for Debate; Chapter 3: Family; 3.1 Feminist Criticism of the Nuclear Family; 3.2 Equality of Rights Within the Family
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.2.1 First Problem: Moral Imperatives as Limits to Equality3.2.1.1 Matters for Debate; The Right to Challenge Paternity; The Regulatory Effect of the Recognition of Rights to de facto Couples; 3.2.2 Second Problem: Equality as a Means to Not Discriminate Men; 3.2.2.1 Matters for Debate; 3.3 Maternity and Care; 3.3.1 Assessment of Maternity; 3.3.1.1 Matters for Debate; Maternity as a Natural Quality; The Indetermination of the Cultural Parameter; 3.3.2 The Cultural Assessment of Care Work; 3.3.2.1 Matters for Debate; First Matter for Debate: The Myth of Domesticity
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Trap of the Marital Society3.4 Sexual and Non Sexual Violence Within the Family; 3.4.1 Resignation in the Face of Violence as a Means of Protecting the Family; 3.4.1.1 Matters for Debate; 3.4.2 Women's Accountability; 3.4.2.1 Matters for Debate; Chapter 4: Health; 4.1 The Right to Life and the Right to Health; 4.2 Women's Health; 4.2.1 Sterilization, Health, or Autonomy?; 4.2.1.1 Matters for Debate; 4.2.2 The Religious Beliefs of Healthcare Providers; 4.2.2.1 Matters for Debate; 4.3 Abortion; 4.3.1 The Right to Confidentiality and the Obligation to Report; 4.3.1.1 Matters for Debate
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.3.2 Legal Insecurity of Non Punishable Abortion4.3.2.1 Matters for Debate; 4.3.3 Anencephaly; 4.3.3.1 Matters for Debate; 4.4 Health, Technology, and Contraception; 4.4.1 Emergency Contraception; 4.4.1.1 Matters for Debate; 4.4.2 Assisted Reproduction; 4.4.2.1 Matters for Debate; 4.5 The Right to Health and Adolescence; 4.5.1 Progressive Autonomy; 4.5.1.1 First Matter for Debate; 4.5.1.2 Second Matter for Debate; 4.5.2 The Best Interest of the Child, the Right to Identity; 4.5.2.1 Matters for Debate; Chapter 5: Property
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.1 The Positive and Negative Consequences of Linking the Feminine Identity to Maternity and Access to Property5.1.1 The Protection of the Family and of the Mother in the Distribution of Goods in the Community Property: The Recognition of Reproductive Work; 5.1.1.1 Matters for Debate; 5.1.2 The Feminine Identity, Reproductive Work and Access to Commercial Property; 5.1.2.1 Matters for Debate; 5.2 The Consecration of Privileged Access to Property; 5.2.1 Women as Victims of Displacement and the Need for Immediate Intervention by the State: Damage Compensation with Gender Perspective
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.2.1.1 Matters for Debate
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 67
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400763500
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VI, 290 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Serie: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 10
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Humanities ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Humanities ; Ingenieurstudium ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit ; Technikphilosophie
    Kurzfassung: Hoping to help transform engineering into a more socially just field of practice, this book offers various perspectives and strategies while highlighting key concepts and themes that help readers understand the complex relationship between engineering education and social justice. This volume tackles topics and scopes ranging from the role of Buddhism in socially just engineering to the blinding effects of ideologies in engineering to case studies on the implications of engineered systems for social justice. This book aims to serve as a framework for interventions or strategies to make social justice more visible in engineering education and enhance scholarship in the emerging field of Engineering and Social Justice (ESJ). This creates a ‘toolbox’ for engineering educators and students to make social justice a central theme in engineering education
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contents; Part I: Introduction to Engineering Education and Engineering for Social Justice (ESJ); Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Who Is This Book For?; 1.2 Motivations for Putting This Book Together; 1.3 Historic Convergence of Circumstances; 1.3.1 Calls for Change; 1.3.2 An (In)Visible History; 1.4 Defining Social Justice; 1.5 How This Book Approaches ESJ: Autobiographical, Historical, Philosophical, Pedagogical, Practical and Beyond; References; Part II: Where Have We Been? Where Can We Go?; Chapter 2: Engineering, Social Justice, and Peace: Strategies for Educational and Professional Reform
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.1 Introduction2.2 Background: A Short History of ESJP; 2.3 Methods and Scope; 2.4 Educational Reform Strategies; 2.4.1 Pedagogical Initiatives; 2.4.1.1 Liberal-Education Courses; 2.4.1.2 Technical Course Modules; 2.4.1.3 Critical Learning Thresholds; 2.4.1.4 Experiential Learning; 2.4.1.5 Liberative Pedagogies; 2.4.2 Curricular Initiatives; 2.4.2.1 Structuring General Education Content; 2.4.2.2 Social and Technical Integration in Engineering Design; 2.4.3 Institutional Initiatives; 2.5 Professional Reform Strategies; 2.5.1 Networking; 2.5.2 Re-conceptualizing "Engineering"; 2.6 Conclusions
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ReferencesChapter 3: Power. Systems. Engineering. Traveling Lines of Resistance in Academic Institutions; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Thermo as Usual; 3.2.1 Thermo and Gnosticism: A Tale of Two Esoteric Subjects; 3.2.2 Learning to Stay and Fight: Lessons from Social Justice; 3.3 Transformative Processes; 3.3.1 First Attempts; 3.3.2 Teaching About Power; 3.3.3 Epistemology: Teaching Material and Its Critique; 3.3.4 Book Project; 3.4 Institutional Obstacles; 3.4.1 Obstacles; 3.4.2 Students and Faculty; 3.5 How I Got Away with It (So Far); 3.6 Conclusion; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Part III: Conceptual Contributions to ESJChapter 4: The (Mis)Framing of Social Justice: Why Ideologies of Depoliticization and Meritocracy Hinder Engineers' Ability to Think About Social Injustices; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Cultural Ideologies in Engineering; 4.3 Depoliticization of Engineering; 4.4 The Ideology of Meritocracy; 4.5 Misframing Social Justice Issues; 4.5.1 Non-dominant and Dominant Groups Adopt These Ideologies; 4.6 The Insufficiency of One Lecture or One Essay: The Task of Reframing; 4.7 Conclusion; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 5: What Can Buddhism Offer to a Socially Just Engineering Education?5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Practice of the Six Virtues of the Bodhisattva Path; 5.2.1 Generosity; 5.2.2 Ethics; 5.2.3 Patience; 5.2.4 Perseverance; 5.2.5 Mindfulness; 5.2.6 Wisdom; 5.3 The Practice of the Six Virtues and Leadership Theory; 5.4 Three-Level Model of Leadership Based on Buddhism 12; 5.4.1 First Level: Actions to Benefit Oneself; 5.4.2 Second Level: Actions to Benefit Others; 5.4.3 Third Level: Interrelated Benefits; 5.5 Implementing the Framework in a Pre-college Engineering Case Scenario
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.5.1 Description of the Scenario
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 68
    ISBN: 9789400724457
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VI, 377 p. 5 illus, digital)
    Serie: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 2
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Vitalism and the scientific image in Post-Enlightenment life science, 1800-2010
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Medicine ; Biological models ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Medicine ; Biological models ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Vitalismus ; Wissenschaftstheorie ; Geschichte 1800-2010
    Kurzfassung: Vitalism is understood as impacting the history of the life sciences, medicine and philosophy, representing an epistemological challenge to the dominance of mechanism over the last 200 years, and partly revived with organicism in early theoretical biology. The contributions in this volume portray the history of vitalism from the end of the Enlightenment to the modern day, suggesting some reassessment of what it means both historically and conceptually. As such it includes a wide range of material, employing both historical and philosophical methodologies, and it is divided fairly evenly between 19th and 20th century historical treatments and more contemporary analysis. This volume presents a significant contribution to the current literature in the history and philosophy of science and the history of medicine
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contents; Chapter 1: V italism and the Scientific Image: An Introduction; 1 Vitalism: Origin, History, and Transformation; 2 Final Thoughts; References; Part I: Revisiting Vitalist Themes in Nineteenth-Century Science; Chapter 2: Jean-Baptiste Lamarck and the Place of Irritability in the History of Life and Death; 1 The History of Life and Death; 2 A "Flood of Light": The Notion of Intussusception in Lamarck's Account of Organic Change; 3 Irritability in Lamarck's Theory of the Animal Being; 4 The Interplay of Life and Nature in Lamarck's Work
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5 Irritability and Evolution in Lamarck's System of NatureReferences; Chapter 3: Rethinking Organic Vitality in Germany at the Turn of the Nineteenth Century; 1 Introduction; 2 Vital Principles and a Science of Life; 3 Investigating the Material Conditions of Organic Vitality; 4 New Conceptions of Organic Vitality; References; Chapter 4: The "Novel of Medicine"; 1 The Physiological Obsession; 2 The Life of the Social Body; 3 The Body of Thought; 4 The Style of Physiology; 5 Romances of Physiology; References; Chapter 5: Life and the Mind in Nineteenth-Century Britain; 1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2 Phrenology: George Combe Versus William Hamilton3 Reflex Action: Marshall Hall Versus the World; 4 Cerebral Reflex Function: Thomas Laycock Versus "Vindex"; 5 Conclusion; References; Part II: Twentieth-Century Debates on Vitalism in Science and Philosophy; Chapter 6: Vitalism Versus Emergent Materialism; 1 Introduction; 2 Amnesia Versus Evolution; 3 Emergentism Cures Vitalism; 4 Hans Driesch's Vitalism; 5 Teleology and Mechanism; 6 How Does Entelechy Work?; 7 Some Responses to Driesch's Vitalism; 8 The Emergentists; 9 J. Arthur Thomson on the Autonomy of Biology
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 10 Arthur Lovejoy on the Disunity of Science11 Jennings on Downward Causation; 12 Conclusions; References; Chapter 7: Life as an Emergent Phenomenon: From an Alternative to Vitalism to an Alternative to Reductionism; 1 Introduction; 2 Life as an Emergent Phenomenon: A Nineteenth-Century Legacy; 3 Emergence as an Alternative to Vitalism and Mechanism; 4 Scientific Setbacks to Emergence; 5 Philosophical Setbacks to Emergence; 6 The Special Sciences and the Criticism of Logical Empiricism Regarding the Rescue of "Emergence"
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 7 Unexpected Support from the Physical Sciences: Complex-Systems Studies and Artificial Life8 The Re-emergence of Emergence in the Life Sciences; 9 Emergence, Life and the Origin of Life; 10 Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: Wilhelm Reich: Vitalism and Its Discontents; 1 Reich and the History of Vitalism; 2 Orgone Energy: A "Vital Force"?; 3 Reich, Revolution and Politics; 4 Reich, the Counter-Culture and the Popular Consciousness; 5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 9: Vitalism and Teleology in Kurt Goldstein's Organismic Approach; 1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2 Goldstein's Organicism at the Turn of the Nineteenth Century
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 69
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765375
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVII, 762 p. 17 illus, digital)
    Serie: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 1
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Kampourakis, Kostas The Philosophy of Biology
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching
    Kurzfassung: This book brings together for the first time philosophers of biology to write about some of the most central concepts and issues in their field from the perspective of biology education. The chapters of the book cover a variety of topics ranging from traditional ones, such as biological explanation, biology and religion or biology and ethics, to contemporary ones, such as genomics, systems biology or evolutionary developmental biology. Each of the 30 chapters covers the respective philosophical literature in detail and makes specific suggestions for biology education. The aim of this book is to inform biology educators, undergraduate and graduate students in biology and related fields, students in teacher training programs, and curriculum developers about the current state of discussion on the major topics in the philosophy of biology and its implications for teaching biology. In addition, the book can be valuable to philosophers of biology as an introductory text in undergraduate and graduate courses
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Foreword; Contents; Contributors; Philosophy of Biology and Biology Education: An Introduction; 1 Prolegomena: The Rationale and Aims of this Book; 2 The Science of Life; 3 The Nature of Evolutionary Theory; 4 Evolutionary Theory and Religion; 5 Evolution at the Molecular Level; 6 Evolution and Development; 7 Integrating Levels: Taking Ecology and Microbiology Seriously into Account; 8 Conceptual Obstacles to Understanding Evolution: Essentialism and Teleology; 9 "Proximate" Phenomena: Functions, Mechanisms, Information and the Systemic Approach in Biology
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 10 Genetics: Beyond Mendel and Genetic Determinism11 Biology and Ethics; What Is Life?; 1 Introduction; 2 Concepts and Definitions: From Philosophy to Science; 3 Limitations of Our Current Understanding of Life; 4 Searching for Alternative Forms of Life; 5 Conclusion; References; Biological Explanation; 1 Introduction; 2 Biology and Philosophical Accounts of Explanation; 3 Explanation and Scientific Practice; 4 Conclusion: Teaching About Biological Explanation; 4.1 Suggestion 1: Do Not Overly Emphasize Laws When Thinking About Biology Explanations
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.2 Suggestion 2: Explicitly Motivate Forms of Explanation That Are Common in Biology4.3 Suggestion 3: Resist the Temptation to Simplify the Diversity of Approaches in Biology and Their Apparent Incompatibility; 4.4 Suggestion 4: Explicitly Consider the Role of Models-Partial, Unrealistic Representation; 4.5 Suggestion 5: Emphasize Methodological Differences Over Seemingly Ideological Differences; Teach That a Plurality of Approaches Is Here to Stay; References; What Would Natural Laws in the Life Sciences Be?; 1 Introduction; 2 Laws of Nature: The Standard Picture
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3 The Problem of Exceptions4 The Problem of Accidentalness; 5 Evolutionary Accidents as Laws of Certain Fields of Biology; 6 Conclusion; References; The Nature of Evolutionary Biology: At the Borderlands Between Historical and Experimental Science; 1 On the Scientific Status of Evolutionary Theory; 2 The Fisher-Wright Debates and the Importance of Stochastic Events in Evolution; 3 Gould and the Project for a Nomothetic Evolutionary Biology; 4 The Modern Study of Chance vs. Necessity; 5 The Philosophical Context: Cleland's Analysis
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6 Conclusion: Chance and Necessity Within the Extended SynthesisReferences; Evolutionary Theory and the Epistemology of Science; 1 Introduction; 2 Epistemological Background; 2.1 The Traditional Account of Knowledge; 2.2 Evidence and Knowledge; 3 Objections to Evolutionary Theory; 3.1 Evolution Is a Mere Theory; 3.2 Evolution Is not Falsifiable; 3.3 Evolution Makes no Predictions; 3.4 Evolution Has Been Falsified; 4 The Evidence for Evolution; 5 Conclusions; References; Conceptual Change and the Rhetoric of Evolutionary Theory: 'Force Talk' as a Case Study and Challenge for Science Pedagogy
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Conceptual Schemes and Darwin's Interacting Metaphors
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Foreword; Michael Ruse -- Philosophy of Biology and Biology Education: An Introduction; Kostas Kampourakis -- What is life?; Carol Cleland and Michael Zerella -- Biological Explanation; Angela Potochnik -- What would Natural Laws in the Life Sciences be?;  Marc Lange -- The Nature of Evolutionary Biology: at the borderlands between Historical and Experimental Science; Massimo Pigliucci -- Evolutionary Theory and the Epistemology of Science; Kevin McCain & Brad Weslake -- Conceptual Change and the Rhetoric of Evolutionary Theory: ‘Force Talk’ as a case study and Challenge for Science Pedagogy; David Depew -- Debating the Power and Scope of Adaptation; Patrick Forber -- Biology and Religion: The Case for Evolution, Francisco Ayala -- The Implications of Evolutionary Biology for Religious Belief; Denis Alexander -- Intelligent Design and the Nature of Science: Philosophical and Pedagogical Points, Ingo Brigandt -- Molecular Evolution, Michael Dietrich -- Educational Lessons from Evolutionary Properties of the Sexual Genome; John Avise -- Non-genetic Inheritance and Evolution; Tobias Uller -- Homology, Alessandro Minelli & Giuseppe Fusco -- Teaching Evolutionary Developmental Biology: Concepts, Problems and Controversy; Alan Love -- Philosophical Issues in Ecology, James Justus -- Small Things, Big Consequences: Microbiological Perspectives on Biology; Michael J. Duncan, Pierrick Bourrat, Jennifer DeBerardinis, & Maureen O’ Malley -- Essentialism in Biology; John Wilkins -- Biological Teleology: the Need for History; James Lennox & Kostas Kampourakis -- Biology's Functional Perspective: Roles, Advantages and Organization; Arno Wouters -- Understanding Biological Mechanisms: Using Illustrations from Circadian Rhythm Research; William Bechtel -- Information in the Biological Sciences; Alfredo Marcos and Robert Arp -- Systems Biology and Education; Pierre Alain Braillard -- Putting Mendel in His Place: How Curriculum Reform in Genetics and Counterfactual History of Science Can Work Together; Annie Jamieson & Gregory Radick -- Against “Genes For”: Could an Inclusive Concept of Genetic Material Effectively Replace Gene Concepts?; Richard Burian & Kostas Kampourakis -- Current Thinking about Nature and Nurture, David Moore -- Genomics and Society: Why “Discovery” Matters; Lisa Gannett -- Philosophical Issues in Human Pluripotent Stem Cell Research; Andrew Siegel -- Ethics in Biomedical Research and Practice; Anya Plutynski -- Environmental Ethics; Roberta Millstein.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 70
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400745636
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XX, 379 p. 46 illus, digital)
    Serie: Cultural Studies of Science Education 8
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Science education for diversity
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Science Study and teaching ; Religion and education ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Religion and education ; Pädagogische Soziologie
    Kurzfassung: Reflecting the very latest theory on diversity issues in science education, including new dialogic approaches, this volume explores the subject from a range of perspectives and draws on studies from around the world. The work discusses fundamental topics such as how we conceptualize diversity as well as examining the ways in which heterogeneous cultural constructs influence the teaching and learning of science in a range of contexts. Including numerous strategies ready for adoption by interested teachers, the book addresses the varied cultural factors that influence engagement with science education. It seeks answers to the question of why increasing numbers of students fail to connect with science education in schools and looks at the more subtle impact that students’ individually constructed identities have on the teaching and learning of science. Recognizing the diversity of its audience, the book covers differing levels and science subjects, and examines material from a range of viewpoints that include pedagogy, curricula, teacher education, learning, gender, religion, and ICT, as well as those of in-service and trainee teachers at all levels
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contents; Why Science Education for Diversity?; Introduction; What Do We Mean by Diversity?; Social and Historical Context; Cultural Diversity and Science Education; Sociocultural and Dialogic Perspectives; Tensions and Dilemmas; Argument and Structure of This Book; References; Part I: Science Education Reform for Diversity; Dialogic Science Education for Diversity; Introduction: The Science Education for Diversity Project; What Is Science?; Monologic, Dialogic and Diversity; How Do We Conceptualise Diversity?; Developing a Framework for Science Education for Diversity
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: How Do We Make Science Education More Relevant?Will Inquiry-Based Science Education (IBSE) Help?; Explicitly Dialogic Pedagogy; Connecting to Real Science; Mastery Learning Combined with Dialogic Science Pedagogy; Teaching the Nature of Science; Teaching Thinking in Science and Through Science; The Role of ICT; The Need for Guided Collaborative Critical Reflection on Action; Summary and Conclusion; References; Expanding Notions of Scientific Literacy: A Reconceptualization of Aims of Science Education in the Knowledge Society
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The "Two Cultures" and the Need for a Broader Notion of Scientific LiteracyScientific Literacy Reconceptualized; Science Engagement Curriculum Policy Images; Science and the Public: An Online Graduate Program; The Inconvenient Truth: A Documentary on Global Warming; Oceanside Community Science Project (Roth and Lee 2004; Roth and Calabrese 2004); Conclusions; References; Activity, Subjectification, and Personality: Science Education from a Diversity-of-Life Perspective; Cultural-Historical Activity Theory; Activity and Actions; Subjectification; Personality; On the Way to Become a Doctor
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Early Activities and RelationsHigh School Science; Science Internship; College Science; Resident Care Assistant; Coda; References; Reflexivity and Diversity in Science Education Research in Europe: Towards Cultural Perspectives; Introduction; Cultural Studies and Issues of Diversity in Science Education; The State of the Art of Cultural Studies of Science Education in Europe; Reflexivity: Theoretical Barriers and Horizons; Towards Cultural Studies as a Unifying Research Paradigm; References; Part II: From Learning to Pedagogy; Science Education for Diversity and Informal Learning
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Importance of Informal Environments for Learning ScienceKey Features of Science Learning in Informal Environments; Activation of Prior Knowledge; Acknowledging and Valuing Multiple Perspectives; Sociocultural Frameworks for Informal Science Learning; Sociocultural Approach with Individual Science Learning Goals: Social Constructivism; Sociocultural Approach with Community Learning Goals: Collective Praxis; The Practice of Informal Science Education for Diversity; Examples of the Impact of Exhibit Design on Collaborative Talk; Involving Diverse Groups in Development of Programs and Exhibits
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Step 1
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Introduction -- Why science education for diversity? Nasser Mansour and Rupert Wegerif -- Part 1. Science education reform for diversity -- Chapter 1: Dialogic Science Education for Diversity, Rupert Wegerif, Keith Postlethwaite, Nigel Skinner, Nasser Mansour, Alun Morgan, Lindsay Hetherington -- Chapter2: Expanding Notions of Scientific Literacy: A Re-conceptualization of Aims of Science Education in the Knowledge Society, Xiufeng Liu -- Chapter3: Activity, Subjectification, and Personality: Science Education from a Diversity-of-Life Perspective, Wolff-Michael Roth, University of Victoria -- Chapter 4: Reflexivity and diversity in research on science education: A European account, Michiel van Eijck -- Part 2, from learning to pedagogy -- Chapter 5: Science education for diversity and informal learning, Loran E. Parker and Gerald H. Krockover -- Chapter 6: Diverse, disengaged and reactive: A teacher’s adaptation of ethical dilemma story pedagogy as a strategy to re-engage learners in education for sustainability,  Elisabeth Taylor, Peter Charles Taylor and MeiLing Chow -- Chapter 7: Tracing science in the early childhood classroom: the historicity of multi-resourced discourse practices in multilingual interaction, Charles Max, Gudrun Ziegler and Martin Kracheel -- Chapter 8: Conceptual frameworks, metaphysical commitments and worldviews: the challenge of reflecting the relationships between science and religion in science education, Keith S. Taber -- Chapter 9: Science Curriculum Reform on “Scientific Literacy for All” across National Contexts: Case Studies of Curricula from England and Hong Kong, Sibel Erduran and Siu Ling Wong -- Part 3 science teacher Education and diversity -- Chapter 10: Science teachers' cultural beliefs and diversities: A sociocultural perspective to science education, Nasser Mansour -- Chapter 11: Envisioning Science Teacher Preparation for Diversity in 21st Century Classrooms: Some Tensions, Norm Thomson, Deborah J. Tippins -- Chapter12: Expanded agency in multilingual science teacher training classrooms, Silvia Lizette Ramos De Robles & Mariona Espinet -- Part 4  Cultural issues in science Education -- Chapter 13: Re-conceptualizing a lifelong science education system that supports diversity: The role of free-choice learning, Lynn D. Dierking -- Chapter 14: Ignoring half the Sky: A feminist critique of science education’s knowledge society, Kathryn Scantlebury, Anita Hussénius, Kristina Andersson and Annica Gullberg -- Chapter 15: Religion in Science Education, Michael J. Reiss -- Chapter 16: Students’ perceptions of apparent contradictions between science and religion: Creation is only the beginning, Berry Billingsley -- Chapter 17: Gender and science in the Arab states: Current status and future prospects, Saouma BouJaoude & Ghada Gholam.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 71
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400763623
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 252 p. 43 illus, digital)
    Serie: Educational Linguistics 16
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Language and languages ; Fremdsprachenlernen ; Universalgrammatik
    Kurzfassung: This book proposes that research into generative second language acquisition (GenSLA) can be applied to the language classroom. Assuming that Universal Grammar plays a role in second language development, it explores generalisations from GenSLA research. The book aims to build bridges between the fields of generative second language acquisition, applied linguistics, and language teaching; and it shows how GenSLA is poised to engage with researchers of second language learning outside the generative paradigm. Each chapter of Universal Grammar and the Second Language Classroom showcases ways in which GenSLA research can inform language pedagogy. Some chapters include classroom research that tests the effectiveness of teaching particular linguistic phenomena. Others review existing research findings, discussing how these findings are useful for language pedagogy. All chapters show how generative linguistics can enhance teachers’ expertise in language and second language development. “This groundbreaking volume ably takes on the gap that currently exists between generative linguistic theory in second language acquisition (GenSLA) and second language pedagogy, by gathering chapters from GenSLA researchers who are interested in the relevance and potential application of their research to second/foreign language teaching. It offers a welcome and thought-provoking contribution to any discussion of the relation between linguistic theory and practice. I recommend it not only for language teachers interested in deepening their understanding of the formal properties of the languages they teach, but also for linguists interested in following up on more practical consequences of the fruits of their theoretical and empirical research.” Donna Lardiere, Georgetown University, Washington DC, USA. NNMMIMH
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Acknowledgement; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Generative Second Language Acquisition and Language Pedagogy; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Conceptual Foundations; 1.2.1 Generative Linguistic Theory; 1.2.2 Generative Second Language Acquisition; 1.3 Overview of the Volume; 1.3.1 Part I: GenSLA Applied to the Classroom; 1.3.2 Part II: GenSLA and Classroom Research; 1.3.3 Part III: GenSLA, the Language Classroom and Beyond; References; Part I: GenSLA Applied to the Classroom; Chapter 2: What Research Can Tell Us About Teaching: The Case of Pronouns and Clitics; 2.1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.2 Object Pronouns in Spanish2.3 Research on the Position of Clitics; 2.4 Application to Language Teaching; References; Chapter 3: L2 Acquisition of Null Subjects in Japanese: A New Generative Perspective and Its Pedagogical Implications; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Null Subjects in Generative Syntax; 3.2.1 Previous Literature; 3.2.2 Null Subjects in Japanese; 3.3 The L2 Data; 3.3.1 Research Questions; 3.3.2 Experiment; 3.3.3 Participants, Procedure, and Method of Analysis; 3.3.4 Results of the Experiment; 3.4 Discussion; 3.4.1 Why "Focus on Form"?; 3.4.2 Further Pedagogical Implications
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.5 SummaryReferences; Chapter 4: Verb Movement in Generative SLA and the Teaching of Word Order Patterns; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Linguistic and Theoretical Foundations; 4.2.1 The Linguistic Background; 4.2.2 Full Transfer/Full Access; 4.2.3 The Learning/Acquisition Distinction; 4.3 Input, Negative Evidence, and Grammar Restructuring; 4.3.1 Resetting the Verb-Movement Parameter; 4.3.2 Losing Verb Second; 4.3.3 The Difficulties of English Word Order; 4.4 Teaching English Word Order; 4.4.1 Grammaring Word Order; 4.4.1.1 Adverbs; 4.4.1.2 Verb Second; 4.5 Conclusions; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 5: Modifying the Teaching of Modifiers: A Lesson from Universal Grammar5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Hierarchies of Modifiers: Beyond the Textbook; 5.3 L2 Acquisition of P-Modifier Order; 5.3.1 Experiment I: Aladdin Preference Task; 5.3.2 Experiment II: Aladdin Grammaticality Judgment Task; 5.4 L2 Acquisition of Adjective Order; 5.5 Conclusion; 5.6 Appendix I: The Aladdin Slides; References; Chapter 6: The Syntax-Discourse Interface and the Interface Between Generative Theory and Pedagogical Approaches to SLA; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Interface Properties
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6.3 Topic-Comment Structures in Spanish and English6.3.1 Learnability and Interface Properties; 6.4 Methodology; 6.4.1 Research Questions; 6.4.2 Participants; 6.4.3 Tasks; 6.4.3.1 Sentence Selection Task; 6.4.3.2 Sentence Completion Task; 6.4.4 Results; 6.4.4.1 Study 1, L2 Spanish: Sentence Selection Task; 6.4.4.2 Study 1, L2 Spanish: Sentence Completion Task; 6.4.4.3 Study 2, L2 English: Sentence Selection Task; 6.4.4.4 Study 2, L2 English: Sentence Completion Task; 6.5 Discussion and Implications for the L2 Classroom; 6.6 Conclusion; References; Part II: GenSLA and Classroom Research
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 7: Alternations and Argument Structure in Second Language English: Knowledge of Two Types of Intransitive Verbs
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 72
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400742765
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXI, 636 p. 29 illus, digital)
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed. 2013
    Serie: Handbooks of Sociology and Social Research
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Handbook of the sociology of mental health
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook of the Sociology of Mental Health
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Public health ; Psychiatry ; Psychology, clinical ; Consciousness ; Social Sciences ; Social psychiatry ; Mental illness ; Social aspects ; Psychische Störung ; Psychische Gesundheit ; Medizinsoziologie
    Kurzfassung: This second edition of the Handbook of the Sociology of Mental Health features theory-driven reviews of recent research with a comprehensive approach to the investigation of the ways in which society shapes the mental health of its members and the lives of those who have been diagnosed as having a mental illnessThe award-winning Handbook is distinctive in its focus on how the organization and functioning of society influences the occurrence of mental disorder and its consequences. A core issue that runs throughout the text concerns the differential distribution of mental illness across various social strata, defined by status characteristics such as gender, race/ethnicity, socioeconomic status, and age. The contributions to this volume shed light on the social, cultural, and economic factors that explain why some social groups have an elevated risk of disorder. They also address the social repercussions of mental disorder for individuals, including stigmatization within the larger society, and for their families and social networks.The second edition of this seminal volume includes substantial updates to previous chapters, as well as seven new chapters on: -The Individuals Experience of Mental Illness.--The Medicalization of Mental Illness.---Age, Aging, and Mental Health.- -Religion and Mental Health.- -Neighborhoods and Mental Health.- -Mental Health and the Lawand Public Beliefs about Mental Illness.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 73
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400744738
    ISSN: 1389-6903
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XII, 406 p. 32 illus, digital)
    Serie: Handbooks of Sociology and Social Research
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Franks, David D., 1931 - Handbook of neurosociology
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Neurology ; Psychology, clinical ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Neurology ; Psychology, clinical ; Neurosciences ; Social aspects ; Neurowissenschaften ; Soziologie ; Neurobiologie ; Neurologie ; Soziologie
    Kurzfassung: Until recently, a handbook on neurosociology would have been viewed with skepticism by sociologists, who have long been protective of their disciplinary domain against perceived encroachment by biology. But a number of developments in the last decade or so have made sociologists more receptive to biological factors in sociology and social psychology. Much of this has been encouraged by the coeditors of this volume, David Franks and Jonathan Turner. This new interest has been increased by the explosion of research in neuroscience on brain functioning and brain-environment interaction (via new MRI technologies), with implications for social and psychological functioning. This handbook emphasizes the integration of perspectives within sociology as well as between fields in social neuroscience. For example, Franks represents a social constructionist position following from G.H. Meads voluntaristic theory of the act while Turner is more social structural and positivistic. Furthermore, this handbook not only contains contributions from sociologists, but leading figures from the psychological perspective of social neuroscience.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Handbook of Neurosociology; Preface; References; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Summaries and Comments; David Franks: A Short History; Brain Activity Measures and Limitations; Jonathan H. Turner: Coming on Board as an Editor; What Does Neurosociology Have to Offer?; References; Part I: Large Issues; Chapter 2: Neural Social Science; Reason Is Neural; Back to the Future; How Brain Circuits Become Meaningful; Reason and Social Science; Reason Itself: Enlightenment Fallacies; The Enlightenment Fallacies; The First Fallacy: Reason Is Conscious
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Second Fallacy: One Can Reason Directly About the WorldThe Third Fallacy: Thought Is Disembodied; The Fourth Fallacy: Words Are Defined Directly in Terms of Features of the External World; The Fifth Fallacy: Reason Is Unemotional; The Sixth Fallacy: Reason Is Literal and Logical; The Seventh Fallacy: Categories Are Defined by Necessary and Sufficient Conditions; The Eighth Fallacy: Reason Exists Primarily to Serve Self-interest; The Ninth Fallacy: Conceptual Systems Are Monolithic; The Tenth Fallacy: Words Have Fixed Meanings, and Concepts Have Fixed Logics
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Eleventh Fallacy: The Truth Will Set You Free If Enough People Know the Truth About Social Issues, They Will Change Their Attitudes, to Society's Bene fi t; Some Brain Basics; Color; Perception and Action; That's Why There Are Basic-Level Concepts; That's Why Verb Roots Are the Same for First- and Third-Person Experiences; Imagining and Doing Use the Same Brain Circuitry; Neural Computation and Simulation; The Centrality of Metaphor in Social Life; Neural Metaphor; The Narayanan-Johnson-Grady Neural Theory of Metaphor; How Are Neural Circuits Learned?
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Feldman Functional Circuitry HypothesisPrimary Metaphors; Narayanan on Spike-Time-Dependent Plasticity; Neuromodulators and "Rewards"; Integrating Multiple Neural Systems; Embodiment Evidence in Social Psychology; Real Social and Political Life; The Conservative Advantage; What Can Progressives and Democrats Do?; Systems Thinking; The Point; CODA; Solving a Social Science Puzzle; References; Chapter 3: Why We Need Neurosociology as Well as Social Neuroscience: Or-Why Role-Taking and Theory of Mind Are Different Concepts; History of the Terms Neurosociology and Social Neuroscience
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Distinguishing Between the Two Fields Using Role-Taking and ToMSome Ways Role-Taking and Power Can be Explored Experimentally; What Social Neuroscience Can Offer Sociological Research on Role-Taking and Power; Empirically Testing the Role-Taking and Power Hypothesis; Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Social Cognition and the Problem of Other Minds; Where in the World Are Minds?; The Psychology of Individual Minds; Social Psychology and Social Cognition; What Do Minds Learn to Mind?; Brains and Minds Grow Together; Socialized Brains Remain Social Minds; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 5: Genetic, Hormonal, and Neural Underpinnings of Human Aggressive Behavior
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 74
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400763470
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XII, 170 p. 16 illus, digital)
    Serie: Multilingual Education 4
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Borneo ; Englisch
    Kurzfassung: This detailed survey of Brunei English reflects the burgeoning academic interest in the many new varieties of English which are fast evolving around the world. Wholly up to date, the study is based on careful analysis of a substantial dataset that provides real-life examples of usage to illustrate the narrative throughout. As well as a thorough account of the pronunciation, grammar, vocabulary usage, and discourse patterns of Brunei English, the volume explores its historical and educational background and current developmental trends, providing an in-depth review of the patterns of English usage within this multilingual, oil-rich society on the north-western coast of Borneo. Written in a non-technical style throughout that will assist non-specialists wishing to grasp the fundamentals of this unique brand of the English language, the work is a worthy addition to Springer’s series on multilingual education that plugs a gap in the coverage of the numerous varieties of English being used across South East Asia. “The authors bring renewed and badly needed attention to the long-overlooked development of Brunei English. Their examination of the variety not only documents the features and functions of English within Brunei society, it also suggests the development of regional or global varieties of English that extend beyond Brunei, and even beyond South East Asia.” Andrew Moody, University of Macau
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Conventions in the Transcriptions; Abbreviations; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Brief History; 1.2 Population; 1.3 Languages; 1.4 Brunei English or English in Brunei?; 1.5 Variation in Brunei English; 1.6 Data; 1.7 Spoken Data; 1.8 Written Data; 1.9 Overview; Chapter 2: Education in Brunei; 2.1 Traditional Education in Brunei; 2.2 Post-war Education; 2.3 The Bilingual Education Policy; 2.4 Bilingualism at UBD; 2.5 SPN21; 2.6 The Role of CfBT; 2.7 The Educational Divide; 2.8 Conclusion; Chapter 3: Pronunciation; 3.1 TH; 3.2 Consonant Cluster Reduction; 3.3 Added [t]; 3.4 Glottal Stop
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.5 Devoicing3.6 Vocalised L; 3.7 Deleted L; 3.8 Rhoticity; 3.9 Vowels; 3.10 Long and Short Vowels; 3.11 face and trap; 3.12 face and goat; 3.13 Absence of Reduced Vowels; 3.14 Spelling Pronunciation; 3.15 Idiosyncratic Pronunciations; 3.16 Word Stress; 3.17 Compound Stress; 3.18 Rhythm; 3.19 Sentence Stress; 3.20 De-accenting; 3.21 Rising Pitch; 3.22 Conclusion; Chapter 4: Morphology and Syntax; 4.1 Plural Suffixes; 4.2 Logically Countable Items; 4.3 one of; 4.4 brother-in-laws; 4.5 piece; 4.6 Subject-Verb Agreement; 4.7 there's; 4.8 -s After Modal Verbs; 4.9 Intervening Nouns; 4.10 Tenses
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.11 will4.12 would; 4.13 do; 4.14 ever and Perfective; 4.15 Null Subjects; 4.16 Subject-Auxiliary Inversion; 4.17 Determiners; 4.18 Names of Countries; 4.19 Affirmative Answers to Negative Questions; 4.20 Adj to V/Adj V-ing; 4.21 Prepositions; 4.22 Conclusion; Chapter 5: Discourse; 5.1 Discourse Particles; 5.2 yeah; 5.3 sort of/kind of; 5.4 tsk; 5.5 Topic Fronting; 5.6 -wise; 5.7 compared to; 5.8 Reduplication; 5.9 Repetition of Lexical Terms; 5.10 Lexical Doublets; 5.11 Tautology; 5.12 and so forth; 5.13 Overdoing Explicitness; 5.14 whereby; 5.15 Sentence Length; 5.16 Run-on Sentences
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.17 ConclusionChapter 6: Lexis; 6.1 Borrowings; 6.2 Religious Terms; 6.3 Royalty; 6.4 Food; 6.5 Clothing; 6.6 Other Cultural Items; 6.7 three or five; 6.8 Calques; 6.9 Acronyms; 6.10 Initialisms; 6.11 Clippings and Blends; 6.12 Shifts in Meaning; 6.13 Shifted Connotation; 6.14 Sports Personnel; 6.15 Other Lexical Items; 6.16 Conclusion; Chapter 7: Mixing; 7.1 BruDirect: Have Your Say (HYS); 7.2 Alternating Languages (AL); 7.3 Inability to Think of a Word; 7.4 Explaining Something; 7.5 Religious Terms; 7.6 Food; 7.7 Direct Quotations; 7.8 Stylistic Reasons; 7.9 Attitudes Towards Mixing
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 7.10 ConclusionChapter 8: Brunei English in the World; 8.1 The Status of Brunei English; 8.2 Global Englishes; 8.3 Intelligibility; 8.4 Pedagogical Implications; 8.5 Brunei English and the Future; Appendices; Appendix A: The Female UBDCSBE Speakers; Appendix B: The Male UBDCSBE Speakers; Appendix C: The Wolf Passage; The Boy Who Cried Wolf; Appendix D: Transcripts of the Interview with Umi; Umi-a; Umi-b; Umi-c; Appendix E: The BruDirect Data; References; Index
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 75
    ISBN: 9789400764767
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXIV, 241 p. 50 illus, digital)
    Serie: Multilingual Education 5
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Language alternation, language choice and language encounter in international tertiary education
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Hochschule ; Sprachkontakt
    Kurzfassung: Reflecting the increased use of English as lingua franca in today’s university education, this volume maps the interplay and competition between English and other tongues in a learning community that in practice is not only bilingual but multilingual. The volume includes case studies from Japan, Australia, South Africa, Germany, Catalonia, China, Denmark and Sweden, analysing a range of issues such as the conflict between the students’ native languages and English, the reality of parallel teaching in English as well as in the local language, and classrooms that are nominally English-speaking but multilingual in practice. The book assesses the factors common to successful bilingual learners, and provides university administrators, policy makers and teachers around the world with a much-needed commentary on the challenges they face in increasingly multilingual surroundings characterized by a heterogeneous student population. Patterns of language alternation and choice have become increasingly important to the development of an understanding of the internationalisation of higher education that is occurring world-wide. This volume draws on the extensive and varied literature related to the sociolinguistics of globalisation - linguistic ethnography, discourse analysis, language teaching, language and identity, and language planning - as the theoretical bases for the description of the nature of these emerging multilingual communities that are increasingly found in international education. It uses observational data from eleven studies that take into account the macro (societal), meso (university) and micro (participant) levels of language interaction to explicate the range of language encounters - highlighting both successful and problematic interactions and their related language ideologies. Although English is the common lingua franca, the studies in the volume highlight the importance of the multilingual resources available to participants in higher educational institutions that are used to negotiate and solve their language problems. The volume brings to our attention a range of important insights into language issues found in the internationalisation of higher education, and provides a resource for those wishing to understand or do research on how language hybridity and multilingual communicative practices are evolving there. Richard B. Baldauf Jr., Professor, The University of Queensland
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contents; Notes on Contributors; Hybridity and Complexity: Language Choice and Language Ideologies; References; Part I: The Local Language as a Resource in Social, Administrative and Learning Interactions; Kitchen Talk - Exploring Linguistic Practices in Liminal Institutional Interactions in a Multilingual University Setting; 1 Introduction; 2 Data and Method; 3 Analysis; Changing Engagement Frameworks and Language Choice; Language Consistency; Language Alternation; Negotiating Language Choice and Social Identity; Enforcing English as the Norm; Language and Identity: Playing with Stereotypes
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Identity Potential and Potential Problems with Using the Local LanguageLanguage/Medium Alternation as Proficiency Practice; 4 Discussion; Appendix: Transcription Conventions; References; Japanese and English as Lingua Francas: Language Choices for International Students in Contemporary Japan; 1 Introduction; 2 The Current Study; Participants; Methods of Data Collection and Analysis; 3 Data Analysis; Insertive Use of English as a LF; Example 1; Example 2; Example 3; Preference for English as LF; Example 4; Example 5; Example 6; Example 7; Example 8; Persistent Use of Japanese as the LF
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Example 94 Beyond a Matter of LF Selection: Styling in Lingua Franca Talk; Example 10; Example 11; 5 Conclusion; References; Plurilingual Resources in Lingua Franca Talk: An Interactionist Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 Lingua Franca Talk and Interactional Accomplishment; The Accomplishment of Lingua Franca Talk; Choosing a Lingua Franca; Fragment 1; Fragment 2; Fragment 3; Assessments of Competence; Fragment 4; Lingua Franca and the Accomplishment of Interaction; Fragment 5; 3 Plurilingual Resources in ELF Talk; Fragment 6
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Code-Switching in Lingua Franca Interactions and the Accomplishment of Socio-institutional GoalsFragment 7; Code-Switching in Lingua Franca and the Accomplishment of Teaching/Learning Goals; Fragment 8; Fragment 9; 4 Conclusions; References; Language Choice and Linguistic Variation in Classes Nominally Taught in English; 1 Introduction; 2 The Example of Sweden; 3 Earlier Studies and Theoretical Views; 4 A Study of Language Choice; 5 Patterns of Language Choice; A Multilingual Milieu?; The Functions of Other Languages; Example 1; Example 2; Attitudes to Languages and Language Choice
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6 Characteristics of the MilieuNorms for Language Choice, What Are They Like?; International or National Context?; 7 Conclusion; References; Active Biliteracy? Students Taking Decisions About Using Languages for Academic Purposes; 1 Introduction: Moving from One Academic Language to Another; 2 The Design of the Study; 3 The Research Participants; Victor; Language Background; Language Challenges; John; Language Background; Perceived Language Challenges; Karin; Language Background; Perceived Language Problems; Francois and Yolande; Language Background; Perceived Language Problems
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4 Learning in a New Language
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 76
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400760912
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XV, 389 p. 35 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 1
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Cellucci, Carlo, 1940 - Rethinking logic
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Computer science ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logik ; Interdisziplinäre Forschung
    Kurzfassung: This volume examines the limitations of mathematical logic and proposes a new approach to logic intended to overcome them. To this end, the book compares mathematical logic with earlier views of logic, both in the ancient and in the modern age, including those of Plato, Aristotle, Bacon, Descartes, Leibniz, and Kant. From the comparison it is apparent that a basic limitation of mathematical logic is that it narrows down the scope of logic confining it to the study of deduction, without providing tools for discovering anything new. As a result, mathematical logic has had little impact on scientific practice. Therefore, this volume proposes a view of logic according to which logic is intended, first of all, to provide rules of discovery, that is, non-deductive rules for finding hypotheses to solve problems. This is essential if logic is to play any relevant role in mathematics, science and even philosophy. To comply with this view of logic, this volume formulates several rules of discovery, such as induction, analogy, generalization, specialization, metaphor, metonymy, definition, and diagrams. A logic based on such rules is basically a logic of discovery, and involves a new view of the relation of logic to evolution, language, reason, method and knowledge, particularly mathematical knowledge. It also involves a new view of the relation of philosophy to knowledge. This book puts forward such new views, trying to open again many doors that the founding fathers of mathematical logic had closed historically
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: PrefaceChapter 1. Introduction -- Part I. Ancient Perspectives -- Chapter 2. The Origin of Logic -- Chapter 3. Ancient Logic and Science -- Chapter 4. The Analytic Method -- Chapter 5. The Analytic-Synthetic Method -- Chapter 6. Aristotle's Logic: The Deductivist View -- Chapter 7. Aristotle's Logic: The Heuristic View -- Part II. Modern Perspectives -- Chapter 8. The Method of Modern Science -- Chapter 9. The Quest for a Logic of Discovery -- Chapter 10. Frege's Approach to Logic -- Chapter 11. Gentzen's Approach to Logic -- Chapter 12. The Limitations of Mathematical Logic -- Chapter 13. Logic, Method, and the Psychology of Discovery -- Part III: An Alternative Perspective -- Chapter 14. Reason and Knowledge -- Chapter 15. Reason, Knowledge and Emotion -- Chapter 16. Logic, Evolution, Language and Reason -- Chapter 17. Logic, Method and Knowledge -- Chapter 18. Classifying and Justifying Inference Rules -- Chapter 19. Philosophy and Knowledge -- Part IV: Rules of Discovery -- Chapter 20. Induction and Analogy -- Chapter 21. Other Rules of Discovery -- Chapter 22. Conclusion -- References -- Name Index -- Subject Index.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographies and index
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 77
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765641
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXV, 200 p. 22 illus, digital)
    Serie: Law, Governance and Technology Series 10
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Pagallo, Ugo The laws of robots
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Ethics ; Artificial intelligence ; Computers Law and legislation ; Civil law ; Criminal Law ; Law ; Law ; Ethics ; Artificial intelligence ; Computers Law and legislation ; Civil law ; Criminal Law ; Computer ; Privatrecht ; Strafrecht ; Roboter ; Recht
    Kurzfassung: This book explores how the design, construction, and use of robotics technology may affect today’s legal systems and, more particularly, matters of responsibility and agency in criminal law, contractual obligations, and torts. By distinguishing between the behaviour of robots as tools of human interaction, and robots as proper agents in the legal arena, jurists will have to address a new generation of “hard cases.” General disagreement may concern immunity in criminal law (e.g., the employment of robot soldiers in battle), personal accountability for certain robots in contracts (e.g., robo-traders), much as clauses of strict liability and negligence-based responsibility in extra-contractual obligations (e.g., service robots in tort law). Since robots are here to stay, the aim of the law should be to wisely govern our mutual relationships
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Chapter 1: Introduction; Chapter 2: On Law, Philosophy and Technology; 2.1 The Philosophy of Law and Robots; 2.1.1 The Law in Literature; 2.1.2 Sources, Concepts, and Legal Reasoning; 2.1.3 The Levels of Abstraction; 2.2 The Principle of Responsibility; 2.2.1 Immunity; 2.2.2 Strict Liability; 2.2.3 Personal Fault; 2.2.4 Responsibility for a Robot; 2.3 Agency and Accountability of Artificial Agents; 2.3.1 A Moral Threshold; 2.3.2 Agents Before the Law; 2.4 Who Pays?; Chapter 3: Crimes; 3.1 Sci-Fi Scenarios
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.2 The States of Mind and Criminal Acts3.3 Robots and Just Wars; 3.3.1 What Robots Might Change; 3.3.2 Just Causes of War; 3.3.3 Conditions of Just Wars; 3.3.4 Proportionality; 3.4 The Phenomenology of Picciotto Roboto; 3.4.1 Picciotto by Design; 3.4.2 Crimes of Intent; 3.4.3 Crimes of Negligence; 3.5 A Failure of Causation?; Chapter 4: Contracts; 4.1 Pacts, Clauses and Risk; 4.2 The Artificial Doctor; 4.2.1 Parties, Counterparties and Third Parties; 4.2.2 Producers, Users and Patients; 4.3 Robo-Traders; 4.3.1 Artificial Greediness; 4.3.2 The Robot and the Principal
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.3.3 A New Agent in Town4.4 Modern Robots, Ancient Slaves; 4.4.1 The Digital Peculium; 4.5 The UV Revolution; 4.5.1 AI Chauffeurs and Intelligent Car Sharing; 4.5.2 Unjust Damages; Chapter 5: Torts; 5.1 Bad Intentions; 5.2 Children, Pets and Negligence; 5.2.1 American Parents; 5.2.2 Italian Parents; 5.3 AI Employees and Strict Liability Rules; 5.3.1 The Digital Peculium Revisited; 5.4 Burdens of Proof; 5.4.1 The Precautionary Principle; 5.4.2 Robotic Openness; Chapter 6: Law as Meta-technology; 6.1 Robots as Legal Persons; 6.1.1 The Front of Robotic Liberation; 6.1.2 The Pragmatic Stance
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6.2 Robots as Strict Agents6.3 Sources of Good and Evil; 6.4 Levels of Complexity; 6.4.1 Technologies of Social Control; 6.4.2 The Political Requirement; Conclusions; References
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 78
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400766778
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 223 p. 105 illus, digital)
    Serie: Methodos Series, Methodological Prospects in the Social Sciences 11
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Methods for Multilevel Analysis and Visualisation of Geographical Networks
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Computer vision ; Cartography ; Social sciences Methodology ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Anthropogeografie ; Daten ; Netzwerk
    Kurzfassung: This leading-edge study focuses on the latest techniques in analysing and representing the complex, multi-layered data now available to geographers studying urban zones and their populations. The volume tracks the successful results of the SPANGEO Project, which was set up in 2005 to standardize, and share, the syncretic, multinational mapping techniques already developed by geographers and computer scientists. SPANGEO sought new and responsive ways of visualising urban geographical and social data that reflected the fine-grained detail of the inputs. It allowed for visual representation of the large and complex networks and flows which are such an integral feature of the dynamism of urban geography. SPANGEO developed through the ‘visual analytics loop’ in which geographers collaborated with computer scientists by feeding data into the design of visualisations that in turn spawned the urge to incorporate more varied data into the visualisation. This volume covers all the relevant aspects, from conceptual principles to the tools of network analysis and the actual results flowing from their deployment. Detailed case studies set out in this volume include spatial multi-level analyses of flows in airports and sea ports, as well as the fascinating scientific networks in European cities. The volume shows how the primary concern of geography-the interaction of society with physical space-has been revivified by the complexities of new cartographical and statistical methodologies, which allow for highly detailed mapping and far more powerful computer analysis of spatial relationships
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 79
    ISBN: 9789400751927
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXXVI, 226 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Serie: Law and Philosophy Library 105
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Leibniz: logico-philosophical puzzles in the law
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy of law ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy of law ; Quelle ; Kommentar ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 Specimen certitudinis seu demonstrationum in iure exhibitum in doctrina conditionum ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Logik ; Rechtsfall
    Kurzfassung: This volume presents two Leibnizian writings, the Specimen of Philosophical Questions Collected from the Law and the Dissertation on Perplexing Cases. These works, originally published in 1664 and 1666, constitute, respectively, Leibniz’s thesis for the title of Master of Philosophy and his doctoral dissertation in law. Besides providing evidence of the earliest development of Leibniz’s thought and amazing anticipations of his mature views, they present a genuine intellectual interest, for the freshness and originality of Leibniz’s reflections on a striking variety of logico-philosophical puzzles drawn from the law. The Specimen addresses puzzling issues resulting from apparent conflicts between law and philosophy (the latter broadly understood as comprising also mathematics, as well as empirical sciences). The Dissertation addresses cases whose solution is puzzling because of the convoluted logical form of legal dispositions and contractual clauses, or because of conflicting priorities between concurring parties. In each case, Leibniz dissects the problems with the greatest ingenuity, disentangling their different aspects, and proposing solutions always reasonable and sometimes surprising. And he does not refrain from peppering his intellectual acrobatics with some humorous comments. bbbbbb
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 80
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400755642 , 1283909006 , 9781283909006
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (IX, 109 p, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Epistemology ; Economics ; Ethics ; Economic history ; Social sciences ; Genetic epistemology ; Economics ; Ethics ; Economics Methodology ; Social sciences Methodology ; Wirtschaftswissenschaften ; Praktische Vernunft ; Theoretische Vernunft ; Wirtschaftsphilosophie
    Kurzfassung: Table of contents -- Summary -- Preface -- Chapter I: Introduction -- Chapter II: Nancy Cartwright, Capacities and Nomological Machines: The Role of Theoretical Reason in Science -- Chapter III: Sen’s Capability Approach: The Role of Practical Reason in Social Science -- Chapter IV: The Contributions of Aristotle’s Thought to the Capability Approach -- Chapter V: Socio-Economic Machines and Practical Models of Development: The Role of the Human Development Index -- Chapter VI: Conclusion: Theoretical and Practical Reason in Economics
    Kurzfassung: The aim of the book is to argue for the restoration of theoretical and practical reason to economics. It presents Nancy Cartwright and Amartya Sen’s ideas as cases of this restoration and sees Aristotle as an influence on their thought. It looks at how we can use these ideas to develop a valuable understanding of practical reason for solving concrete problems in science and society. Cartwright’s capacities are real causes of events. Sen’s capabilities are the human person’s freedoms or possibilities. They relate these concepts to Aristotelian concepts. This suggests that these concepts can be combined. Sen’s capabilities are Cartwright’s capacities in the human realm; capabilities are real causes of events in economic life. Institutions allow us to deliberate on and guide our decisions about capabilities, through the use of practical reason. Institutions thus embody practical reason and infuse certain predictability into economic action. The book presents a case study: the UNDP’s HDI
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Theoreticaland PracticalReason in Economics; Preface; Contents; Summary; 1 Introduction; References; 2 Nancy Cartwright, Capacities and Nomological Machines: The Role of Theoretical Reason in Science; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Cartwright-Aristotle Connection; 2.2.1 The Connection; 2.2.2 The Ontology of Capacities; 2.2.3 The Epistemology of Capacities; 2.3 Cartwright's Skepticism About Capacities in the Social Realm; 2.3.1 Cartwright's Skepticism; 2.3.2 Julian Reiss's Interpretation and Proposal; 2.4 Socio-Economic Machines; 2.5 Conclusion; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3 Sen's Capability Approach: The Role of Practical Reason in Social Science3.1 Introducing the Capability Approach; 3.2 Some Problems in Sen's CA; 3.2.1 Identification of Valuable Capabilities: The Debate Over Lists of Capabilities; 3.2.2 Heterogeneity and Incommensurability; References; 4 The Contributions of Aristotle's Thought to the Capability Approach; 4.1 Aristotle on Lists; 4.1.1 The Supposedly Aristotelian List; 4.1.2 The True Aristotelian List; 4.1.3 Back to Sen; 4.2 "Practical Comparability" as a Way of Overcoming Incommensurability14; 4.2.1 The Aristotelian Conception
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.2.1.1 Commensuration4.2.1.2 Comparison by Intensity or Degree of Quality; 4.2.1.3 Comparison by Priority; 4.2.2 Back to Sen; 4.3 Some Conclusions Regarding the Aristotelian Contribution to the CA; 4.4 Capabilities and Capacities; 4.5 Conclusion; References; 5 Chapter Socio: -Economic Machines and Practical Models of Development: The Role of the HDI; 5.1 Socio-Economic Machines; 5.2 The HDI4; 5.3 Some Problems with Index Numbers and the HDI; 5.4 Theoretical and Practical Reason in the HDI
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.5 Conclusion: The Role of the HDI for the Construction of a Normative Socio-Economic Machine of Human DevelopmentReferences; 6 Conclusion: Theoretical and Practical Reason in Economics; Reference
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 81
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400756564 , 1283936232 , 9781283936231
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXI, 242 p, digital)
    Serie: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 22
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als The threads of natural law
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Anthropology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Anthropology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Naturrecht ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Geschichte
    Kurzfassung: The notion of “natural law” has repeatedly furnished human beings with a shared grammar in times of moral and cultural crisis. Stoic natural law, for example, emerged precisely when the Ancient World lost the Greek polis, which had been the point of reference for Plato's and Aristotle's political philosophy. In key moments such as this, natural law has enabled moral and legal dialogue between peoples and traditions holding apparently clashing world-views. This volume revisits some of these key moments in intellectual and social history, partly with an eye to extracting valuable lessons for ideological conflicts in the present and perhaps near future. The contributions to this volume discuss both historical and contemporary schools of natural law. Topics on historical schools of natural law include: how Aristotelian theory of rules paved the way for the birth of the idea of "natural law"; the idea's first mature account in Cicero's work; the tension between two rival meanings of “man’s rational nature” in Aquinas’ natural law theory; and the scope of Kant’s allusions to “natural law”. Topics on contemporary natural law schools include: John Finnis's and Germain Grisez's “new natural law theory”; natural law theories in a "broader" sense, such as Adolf Reinach’s legal phenomenology; Ortega y Gasset’s and Scheler’s “ethical perspectivism”; the natural law response to Kelsen’s conflation of democracy and moral relativism; natural law's role in 20th century international law doctrine; Ronald Dworkin’s understanding of law as “a branch of political morality”; and Alasdair Macintyre’s "virtue"-based approach to natural law.​
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Threads of Natural Law; Foreword; References; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1: Aristotle on Practical Rules, Universality, and the Law; 1.1 Practical and Theoretical Rules in Aristotle; 1.2 Law and Practical Reason; 1.3 Two Philosophical Conceptions on Rules' Universality; 1.4 Sources of Universality of Legal Rules; 1.5 The Rule of Law and the Role of Rules; 1.6 Practical Universality: Rules and the Structure of Legal Prāxis; 1.7 Axiological Universality: Epieikeia and the Practice of Legal Justice; References; Chapter 2: Cosmopolitanism and Natural Law in Cicero
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.1 Marcus Tullius Cicero: The First Legal Philosopher in History2.2 Natural Law as Ratio Summa, Insita in Natura; 2.3 Cosmopolitanism and Natural Law: Towards an Omnium Gentium Consensus; 2.4 Notes on the Influence of Cicero's Philosophy of Law in the History of Philosophy; References; Chapter 3: Natural Law: Autonomous or Heteronomous? The Thomistic Perspective; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 What Is Natural Law? Natural Law and Eternal Law; 3.3 Natural Inclinations and Natural Law; 3.4 Universality of Natural Law; 3.5 Contents of Natural Law and Derivation of the Positive Law
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.6 Natural Law in the Social Doctrine of the ChurchReferences; Chapter 4: The Competing Sources of Aquinas' Natural Law: Aristotle, Roman Law and the Early Christian Fathers; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Historical Background of Pre-Aquinas' Natural Law; 4.3 Aquinas' Intellectualism; 4.4 Aquinas' Natural Law as Natural Inclination; 4.5 Aquinas' Good; 4.6 Aquinas on Free Choice; 4.7 Suárez' Critique; 4.8 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: God and Natural Law: Reflections on Genesis; 5.1 God and the Slaying of the Innocent; 5.1.1 Immanuel Kant; 5.1.2 John Thiel; 5.1.3 Evaluation
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.2 Aquinas and Scotus on the Natural Law: Can the Natural Law Be Changed?5.2.1 Thomas Aquinas; 5.2.2 Duns Scotus; 5.3 Concluding Reflections; References; Chapter 6: Natural Right and Coercion; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Kant on Natural Right; 6.3 Rightful Condition as Regulative Norm in the State of Nature; 6.4 Transition from the State of Nature to a Rightful Condition; 6.4.1 The Postulate of Public Right Proceeds from Private Right; 6.4.2 Reason and Nature at the Basis of Law; 6.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: Natural Law and the Phenomenological Given; 7.1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 7.2 Reinach: A Phenomenological Research of Ontology of Law7.3 A Priori Science of Right and Natural Law Theory; 7.4 The Problems of a Non-normative Apriori Independent of Human Nature; References; Chapter 8: Perspectivism and Natural Law; References; Chapter 9: Natural Law Theory in Spain and Portugal; 9.1 Methodology, Scope and Philosophical Criteria; 9.2 Natural Law in the Spanish and Portuguese Traditions; 9.3 Twentieth Century Representative Scholars and Tendencies; 9.3.1 Neo-Scholastic Natural Law Doctrines; 9.3.2 Innovative Natural Law Trends; 9.4 Natural Law and Human Rights
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 9.5 Natural Law Theories in Twentieth-Century Portugal
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: About the Authors -- Foreword; Francisco José Contreras -- 1. Aristotle on Practical Rules, Universality, and Law; Jesús Vega -- 2. Cosmopolitanism and Natural Law in Cicero; Fernando Llano -- 3. Natural Law: Autonomous or Heteronomous? The Thomistic Perspective; Diego Poole -- 4. The Competing Sources of Aquinas’ Natural Law: Aristotle, Roman Law and the Early Christian Fathers; Anna Taitslin -- 5. God and Natural Law: Reflections on Genesis 22; Matthew Levering -- 6. Natural Right and Coercion; Ana Marta González -- 7. Natural Law and the Phenomenological Given; Marta Albert -- 8. Perspectivism and Natural Law; Ignacio Sánchez Cámara -- 9. International Law and the Natural Law Tradition: The Influence of Verdross and Kelsen on Legaz Lacambra; María Elósegui -- 10. Natural Law Theory in Spain and Portugal; Antonio E. Pérez Luño -- 11. Is the “New Natural Law Theory” Actually a Natural Law Theory?; Francisco José Contreras -- 12. Alasdair MacIntyre on Natural Law ; Rafael Ramis-Barceló -- 13. Dworkin and the Natural Law Tradition; María Lourdes Santos -- 14. Public Reason, Secularism, and Natural Law; Iván Garzón..
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 82
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765344
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 393 p. 74 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 30
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical
    Kurzfassung: Written by experts in the field, this volume presents a comprehensive investigation into the relationship between argumentation theory and the philosophy of mathematical practice. Argumentation theory studies reasoning and argument, and especially those aspects not addressed, or not addressed well, by formal deduction. The philosophy of mathematical practice diverges from mainstream philosophy of mathematics in the emphasis it places on what the majority of working mathematicians actually do, rather than on mathematical foundations. The book begins by first challenging the assumption that there is no role for informal logic in mathematics. Next, it details the usefulness of argumentation theory in the understanding of mathematical practice, offering an impressively diverse set of examples, covering the history of mathematics, mathematics education and, perhaps surprisingly, formal proof verification. From there, the book demonstrates that mathematics also offers a valuable testbed for argumentation theory. Coverage concludes by defending attention to mathematical argumentation as the basis for new perspectives on the philosophy of mathematics.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: IntroductionPart I. What are Mathematical Arguments? -- Chapter 1. Non-Deductive Logic in Mathematics: The Probability of Conjectures; James Franklin -- Chapter 2. Arguments, Proofs, and Dialogues; Erik C. W. Krabbe -- Chapter 3. Argumentation in Mathematics; Jesús Alcolea Banegas -- Chapter 4. Arguing Around Mathematical Proofs; Michel Dufour -- Part II. Argumentation as a Methodology for Studying Mathematical Practice -- Chapter 5. An Argumentative Approach to Ideal Elements in Mathematics; Paola Cantù -- Chapter 6. How Persuaded Are You? A Typology of Responses; Matthew Inglis and Juan Pablo Mejía-Ramos -- Chapter 7. Revealing Structures of Argumentations in Classroom Proving Processes; Christine Knipping and David Reid -- Chapter 8. Checking Proofs; Jesse Alama and Reinhard Kahle -- Part III. Mathematics as a Testbed for Argumentation Theory -- Chapter 9. Dividing by Zero-and Other Mathematical Fallacies; Lawrence H. Powers -- Chapter 10. Strategic Maneuvering in Mathematical Proofs; Erik C. W. Krabbe -- Chapter. 11 Analogical Arguments in Mathematics; Paul Bartha -- Chapter 12. What Philosophy of Mathematical Practice Can Teach Argumentation Theory about Diagrams and Pictures; Brendan Larvor -- Part IV. An Argumentational Turn in the Philosophy of Mathematics -- Chapter 13. Mathematics as the Art of Abstraction; Richard L. Epstein -- Chapter 14. Towards a Theory of Mathematical Argument; Ian J. Dove -- Chapter 15. Bridging the Gap Between Argumentation Theory and the Philosophy of Mathematics; Alison Pease, Alan Smaill, Simon Colton and John Lee -- Chapter 16. Mathematical Arguments and Distributed Knowledge; Patrick Allo, Jean Paul Van Bendegem and Bart Van Kerkhove -- Chapter 17. The Parallel Structure of Mathematical Reasoning; Andrew Aberdein -- Index.
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 83
    ISBN: 9789400760257
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIV, 218 p, digital)
    Serie: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 12
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Coeckelbergh, Mark, 1975 - Human being risk
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Phenomenology ; Technology Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Technology Philosophy ; Risikomanagement ; Medizinische Ethik
    Kurzfassung: Whereas standard approaches to risk and vulnerability presuppose a strict separation between humans and their world, this book develops an existential-phenomenological approach according to which we are always already beings-at-risk. Moreover, it is argued that in our struggle against vulnerability, we create new vulnerabilities and thereby transform ourselves as much as we transform the world. Responding to the discussion about human enhancement and information technologies, the book then shows that this dynamic-relational approach has important implications for the evaluation of new technologies and their risks. It calls for a normative anthropology of vulnerability that does not ask which objective risks are acceptable, how we can become invulnerable, or which technologies threaten human nature, but which vulnerability transformations we want. To the extent that we can steer the growth of new technologies at all, this tragic and sometimes comic project should therefore be guided by what we want to become.​
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Human Being Risk; Acknowledgments; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 The Experience of Risk and Vulnerability; 1.2 The Struggle Against Risk and Vulnerability; 1.3 Technological Risk and the Ethical Evaluation of New Technologies; 1.4 Risk, Vulnerability, and Technology; 1.5 Transhumanism; 1.6 Outline of the Book; References; Part I: Descriptive Anthropology of Vulnerability; Chapter 2: The Transhumanist Challenge; 2.1 The Ethical Discussion About Human Enhancement and Its Assumptions About Human Being and Vulnerability
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.1.1 Transhumanists Versus Bioconservatives and Infoconservatives: The Anthropological Issue2.1.2 Fighting the Dragon or Accepting What Is Given by Nature or God? The Question Concerning Human Vulnerability and Tech...; 2.2 First Response to the Anthropological Issue; 2.2.1 Human Nature Has Always Changed; 2.2.2 Technology Has Always Changed Who We Are; 2.2.3 Philosophical Anthropology Has Always Been Normative; 2.2.4 From Human Nature to Human Being: From Essence to Existence; References; Chapter 3: Anthropology of Vulnerability; 3.1 Standard Dualist Views of Risk and Vulnerability
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.1.1 Objectivist Views: Risk Science, Medicine, and the Psychology of Risk3.1.2 The Social Construction of Risk and Cultural Theory of Risk; 3.2 An Existential-Phenomenological Alternative: A Relational Anthropology of Vulnerability; 3.2.1 Existential Vulnerability: Preliminary Phenomenology of Risk and Vulnerability; 3.2.2 Existential Vulnerability: Being-at-Risk, Fear, and Care (Using Heidegger 1); 3.2.3 Existential Versus Existentialist (Not Using Heidegger 2); 3.2.4 The Tradition of Philosophical Anthropology: Plessner; References; Chapter 4: Cultures and Transformations of Vulnerability
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.1 Culture(s) of Vulnerability4.1.1 Experience: Imaginations of Vulnerability; 4.1.1.1 An Example: Experiences and Cultures of Health and Illness; 4.1.2 Praxis and Habitus: Imagination as Representation Versus Imagination in Action; 4.2 Vulnerability Transformations; 4.2.1 Spiritual Technologies and Religious Culture; 4.2.2 Material Technologies and Technological, Financial, and Economic Culture; 4.2.3 Social Technologies and Political Culture; 4.2.4 Technologies of the Self and Self-Culture; 4.3 Conclusion: Vulnerability Transformations as Transformations of a Form of Life; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Part II: Normative Anthropology of VulnerabilityChapter 5: Ethics of Vulnerability (i): Implications for Ethics of Technology; 5.1 Vulnerability and Ethics; 5.1.1 The Value of Vulnerability and the Vulnerability of Value; 5.1.2 Evaluating Vulnerability Transformations; 5.1.2.1 Personal Robots; 5.1.2.2 Human Genetic Enhancement; 5.2 Ethics of Technology as an Ethics of Vulnerability; 5.2.1 Standard View: Human Values Versus Technological Means; 5.2.2 Alternative: Learning to Be-at-Risk; 5.3 The Design and Growth of Human Vulnerability; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 6: Ethics of Vulnerability (ii): Imagining the Posthuman Future
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Part I Descriptive Anthropology of Vulnerability --  Chapter 1. The Transhumanist Challenge -- Chapter 2. An Anthropology of Vulnerability -- Chapter 3. Cultures and Transformations of Vulnerability -- Part II Normative Anthropology of Vulnerability -- Chapter 4. Ethics of Vulnerability (1): Implications for ethics of technology -- Chapter 5. Ethics of Vulnerability (2): Imagining the Posthuman future -- Chapter 6. Ethics of Vulnerability (3): Vulnerability in the Information Age -- Chapter 7. Politics of Vulnerability: Freedom, Justice, and the Public/Private distinction -- Chapter 8. Normative Aesthetics of Vulnerability: The Art of Coping with Vulnerability -- Conclusion.​.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 84
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400760677
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XII, 273 p, digital)
    Serie: Law and Philosophy Library 106
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Neutrality and theory of law
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy of law ; Criminology ; Law ; Law ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy of law ; Criminology ; Criminology ; Genetic epistemology ; Law ; Philosophy of law ; Law ; Philosophy ; Congresses ; Konferenzschrift 2010 ; Rechtswissenschaft ; Rechtstheorie ; Rechtspositivismus ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Kriminologie
    Kurzfassung: This book brings together twelve of the most important legal philosophers in the Anglo-American and Civil Law traditions. The book is a collection of the papers these philosophers presented at the Conference on Neutrality and Theory of Law, held at the University of Girona, in May 2010. The central question that the conference and this collection seek to answer is: Can a theory of law be neutral? The book covers most of the main jurisprudential debates. It presents an overall discussion of the connection between law and morals, and the possibility of determining the content of law without appealing to any normative argument. It examines the type of project currently being held by jurisprudential scholarship. It studies the different approaches to theorizing about the nature or concept of law, the role of conceptual analysis and the essential features of law. Moreover, it sheds some light on what can be learned from studying the non-essential features of law. Finally, it analyzes the nature of legal statements and their truth values. This book takes the reader a step further to understanding law
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface -- The Province of Jurisprudence Underdetermined; Juan Carlos Bayón -- Necessity, Importance, and the Nature of Law; Frederick Schauer -- Ideals, Practices, and Concepts in Legal Theory; Brian Bix -- Alexy Between Positivism and non-Positivism; Eugenio Bulygin -- The Architecture of Jurisprudence ; Jules Coleman -- Norms, Truth and Legal Statements; Jorge Rodríguez -- Juristenrecht. Inventing Rights, Obligations, and Powers; Riccardo Guastini -- The Demarcation Problem in Jurisprudence: A New Case for Skepticism; Brian Leiter -- Normative Legal Positivism, Neutrality, and the Rule of Law; Bruno Celano -- On the Neutrality of Charter Reasoning; Wilfrid Waluchow -- Between Positivism and Non-Positivism? A Third Reply to Eugenio Bulygin; Robert Alexy -- The Scientific Model of Jurisprudence; Dan Priel -- Jurisprudential Methodology: Is Pure Interpretation Possible?; Kevin Walton.    ​.
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 85
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752191
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXI, 1041 p. 8 illus, digital)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Humanities ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Humanities ; Religion (General)
    Kurzfassung: The envisioned volume is a collection of recent essays about the philosophical exploration, critique and comparison of (a) the major philosophical models of God, gods and other ultimate realities implicit in the worlds philosophical schools and religions, and of (b) the ideas of such models and doing such modeling per se. The aim is to identify exactly what a model of ultimate reality is; create a comprehensive and accessible collection of extant models; and determine how best, philosophically, to model ultimate reality, if possible and desirable.
    Kurzfassung: Dedicated to exploring the enormous variety of ultimate realities at the center of the world’s great religions and philosophical traditions, this volume is a richly varied collection of essays on how we conceive this central notion, whether expressed as God, or as an ultimate reality of another kind. Years in the making, the collection examines the guiding principles of 15 major philosophical traditions and 6 living religions. A publication of monumental scale and detail, it features an innovative thematic structure that aggregates traditions according to their core models, allowing the reader to grasp the common features of ultimate realities as understood in diverse traditions such as Hindu, Buddhist, Jewish, Muslim, Christian, and in some non-religious discussions. Borne out of proceedings at both the American Philosophical Association and the American Academy of Religion, the volume also examines foundational questions related to the human propensity for creating and using such models, including the issue of whether we are capable of acquiring knowledge of ultimate reality. It features a sustained analysis of the concept that modeling such an ultimate reality is a fruitless endeavor doomed to failure since the ultimate might well be beyond human conception, as well as reflections on the staggering diversity of these models and their application to concepts such as spirituality, gender equality, war, and global warming. Accessible and authoritative, the collection combines section primers for those new to the field, deeper treatment in dedicated essays, and a wealth of references for further reading and study
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 86
    ISBN: 9789400760042
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVII, 329 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Serie: Philosophical Studies Series 120
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Reason and analysis in ancient Greek philosophy
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Ethics ; Metaphysics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Ethics ; Metaphysics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Griechenland ; Vernunft ; Methode ; Philosophie
    Kurzfassung: This distinctive collection of original articles features contributions from many of the leading scholars of ancient Greek philosophy. They explore the concept of reason and the method of analysis and the central role they play in the philosophies of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle. They engage with salient themes in metaphysics, epistemology, ethics, and political theory, as well as tracing links between each thinker’s ideas on selected topics. The volume contains analyses of Plato’s Socrates, focusing on his views of moral psychology, the obligation to obey the law, the foundations of politics, justice and retribution, and Socratic virtue. On Plato’s Republic, the discussions cover the relationship between politics and philosophy, the primacy of reason over the soul’s non-rational capacities, the analogy of the city and the soul, and our responsibility for choosing how we live our own lives. The anthology also probes Plato’s analysis of logos (reason or language) which underlies his philosophy including the theory of forms. A quartet of reflections explores Aristotelian themes including the connections between knowledge and belief, the nature of essence and function, and his theories of virtue and grace. The volume begins with an intellectual memoir by David Keyt that recounts his adventures as a philosopher and scholar during the rise of analytic classical scholarship in the past century. Along the way, Keyt relates entertaining anecdotes involving major figures in modern academic philosophy. Blending academic authority with creative flair and demonstrating the continuing interest of ancient Greek philosophy, this book will be a valuable addition to the libraries of all those studying and researching the origins of Western philosophy
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 87
    ISBN: 9789400766891
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XII, 209 p, online resource)
    Serie: Cross-Cultural Advancements in Positive Psychology 5
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als An integrated view of health and well-being
    Schlagwort(e): Culture Study and teaching ; Medical research ; Quality of life ; Health psychology ; Cross-cultural psychology ; Positive psychology ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life ; Regional planning ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology, clinical ; Applied psychology
    Kurzfassung: Concepts like Health and Well-being are not exclusive products of the Western culture. Research has widely demonstrated that the representation of the body and of its pathologies, as well as treatment and healing practices vary across cultures in relation to social norms and beliefs.The culture of India is a melting pot of nine main Darshanas, or philosophical systems, that share the common core of a realization of the self in society. India’s traditional health system, Ayurveda, is a result of the practical application of the Darshanas to the observation of human nature and behavior. Ayurveda conceptualizes health, disease and well-being as multidimensional aspects of life, and it seeks to preserve a balance in individuals among their biological features, their psychological features and their environmental demands. The Ayurveda approach to health is remarkably similar to the eudaimonic conceptualization of well-being proposed by positive psychology, and the basic tenets of Ayurveda are deeply consistent with the latest developments of modern physics, which stresses the substantial interconnectedness among natural phenomena and their substrates. This text shows how the approach to health developed in Ayurveda can be fruitfully integrated in a general view of health and well-being that encompasses cultural and ideological boundaries. Specifically, it details the conceptualization of health as an optimal and mindful interaction between individuals and their environment.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Introduction; Part I: Health and Well-Being in the Western Tradition; Part II: Health and Well-Being in Indian Traditions; Part III: Bridging the Worlds; Contents; Part I: Health and Well-Being in the Western Tradition; Chapter 1: Well-Being in the West: Hygieia Before and After the Demographic Transition; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Rise of Panacea and Demise of Hygieia; 1.2.1 Rapid Industrialization and Urbanization of Europe and the USA; 1.2.2 Rationalization and Bureaucratization of Medicine; 1.2.3 The Professionalization of Medicine; 1.2.4 The Rise and Role of Pharmaceuticals
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.2.5 The Social Meaning of Illness1.3 Return of Hygieia and Well-Being in the West; 1.3.1 Hygieia Enters the Debate About Mental Health and Illness; 1.3.2 The Two Continua Model: Hygieia and Panacea Are Both Important; 1.3.3 Hygieia: Toward Promotion and Protection of Flourishing; 1.3.4 Hygieia Validated: Confirmation of the Promotion and Protection Hypotheses; 1.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: The Psychosomatic View; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 History and Current Developments; Box 2.1 Psychosomatic Medicine; Definition; Boundaries; Subdisciplines
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.3 Psychosocial Factors and Individual Vulnerability2.3.1 Stressful Life Events; 2.3.2 Chronic Stress and Allostatic Load; 2.3.3 Health Attitudes; 2.3.4 Personality and Psychological Well-Being; 2.3.5 Social Support; 2.3.6 Spirituality; 2.4 Need for Holistic Consideration in Patient Care; 2.4.1 Psychiatric Disturbances; 2.4.2 Psychological Disturbances; Box 2.2 The Diagnostic Criteria for Psychosomatic Research (DCPR); Box 2.3 Examples of Questions Derived from the Diagnostic Criteria for Psychosomatic Research (DCPR); 2.4.3 Quality of Life
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.5 Integration of Psychological Interventions in Medicine2.5.1 Treatment of Psychiatric Comorbidity; 2.5.2 Psychosocial Interventions; Box 2.4 Nonspecific Therapeutic Ingredients; Lifestyle Modification; 2.6 Current Issues; Box 2.5 This Case Illustrates How the Psychosomatic Consideration of a  Patient's Complaints May Lead to Better Assessment and Management; References; Part II: Health and Well-Being in Indian Traditions; Chapter 3: The Perspectives on Reality in Indian Traditions and Their Implications for Health and Well-Being; 3.1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.1.1 Contemporary Concerns About Well-Being and the Reductionist Paradigm3.1.2 Paradigm Shift: Has That Really Occurred?; 3.2 Perspectives on Reality in Indian Traditions; 3.2.1 Non-dualism in Veda and Upanishad; 3.2.2 Dualism of Sāmkhya; 3.2.3 Other Indian Perspectives; 3.3 Some Basic Assumptions and Principles Derived from Indian Perspectives; 3.3.1 Triguna; 3.3.2 Tāpa Traya; 3.3.3 Perspectives on the Constitution of Human Beings; 3.4 Implications for Health and Well-Being Research and Practice; 3.5 Modes of Intervention from the Indian Perspective; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 4: Concept of Health in Āyurveda
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 88
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400772113
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (218 p.))
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: International Perspectives on Migration
    Serie: EBL-Schweitzer
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Migration, diaspora and identity
    DDC: 304.8
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Emigration and immigration -- Economic aspects ; Emigration and immigration -- Social aspects ; Globalization ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Migration ; Diaspora ; Identität ; Geschlechterrolle
    Kurzfassung: Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; Introduction; Persisting with Difference; Does Diaspora Matter?; Framing the Collection; Multiple Belongings; Representing a Way of Being; Sexualised Identifications; Marriage and Family; The Significance of Gender; Defiantly Different; References; Part I Multiple Belongings; Living on the Move; Beyond the Dichotomous Choice Between Assimilation and Ethnic Closure; Methodology and a Brief Sketch of the Italian Situation; The Development of a Complex Identification; A Supplementary Hypothesis: The Emergence of a New Generational Experience
    Kurzfassung: Diachronic Fluctuations: The Complex Bonds with Memory, Traditions and Family TiesSynchronic Fluctuations: The Complex Bond Between Inclusion and Differentiation; Tactical Ethnicity; References; Muslim Women in Western Preschooling; Introduction; 'Auntie ' as a Term; Communities and Religious Identity; Muslims in Diaspora and Globalisation; Non-Muslim Families; Conclusion; References; 'When I Land in Islamabad I Feel Home and When I Land in Heathrow I Feel Home'; Introduction; Diaspora, Gender and Belonging: 'The Homing of Diaspora,' 'The Diasporising of Home'
    Kurzfassung: Class, Gender and 'Diaspora Space': South Asian Settlers in the City of London, in the Midlands and in the North of EnglandBeing a Londoner' or 'from Yorkshire': 'Heathrow' or What Does It Mean to Live Here and There?; Conclusion; References; Part II Representing a Way of Being; Refugee Women, Education, and Self Authorship; Introduction; Refugee Women, Policy Norms, and Representations; Integrationist Norms and the Microphysics of Power in Settlement Education; Speaking with Refugee Women: Engineering a Reverse Discourse; Capabilities for Freedom; Feedback; An Informed Perspective
    Kurzfassung: Independent Decision Making and Exercising ChoiceEngaging in Debate and Expressing an Informed Position; Developing Skills in Order to Better Understand the Dominant Australian Culture; Cultivating an Open Mind; Developing Critical Enquiry: The Capacity to Question; Discussion; Implications of the Interview Sample to Recommendations; Conclusions; References; Invoking an Ivory Tower; Introduction; Critical Race Theory and Counter Story; Background and Context to Letter; Editorial Correspondence; 'Talking in Circles'; Inverting Relations of Dominance; Selective Readings
    Kurzfassung: Conclusion: Deconstructing an Ivory Tower and the Possibilities for Anti-racismReferences; 'Trouble in the Mall Again' Naming as Social Drama in Multicultural Melbourne; Introduction; Difference and the City; Methodology; The Character of Oakleigh; The Trouble; 'Trouble in the Mall': In Phases; The Breach; Mounting Crises; Redressive Action; Re-integration or Schism?; Analysing the Trouble; Liminal Spaces and the City; Conclusion; References; Beyond Fear and Towards Hope Transnationalism and the Recognition of Rights Across Borders; Introduction: Crossing Borders; Politics of Fear
    Kurzfassung: Transnationalism and Diaspora
    Kurzfassung: Framed in relation to diaspora this collection engages with the subject of how cultural difference is lived and how complex and shifting identities shape and respond to spatial politics of belonging. Diaspora is understood in a variety of ways, which makes this an eclectic collection of papers. Authors use various theoretical frameworks to explore diverse groups of people with a variety of experiences in a wide range of settings. They are making sense of the experiences of women and men from a range of ethnic backgrounds, negotiating identities through family, work and education. The micro dyn
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 89
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Sprache: Englisch
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg. [S.l.] eblib 2012 Online-Ressource
    Serie: Social Indicators Research Series 51
    Serie: EBL-Schweitzer
    Serie: Social indicators research series
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    DDC: 150
    Schlagwort(e): Positive psychology ; Electronic books
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 90
    ISBN: 9783658026554
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (294 p)
    Paralleltitel: Print version Die Spätentscheider : Medieneinflüsse auf kurzfristige Wahlentscheidungen
    DDC: 302.23
    Schlagwort(e): Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Wahlen werden in Deutschland mittlerweile maßgeblich von Personen entschieden, die sich erst kurz vor der Wahl auf eine Partei festlegen. Wer aber sind diese Spätentscheider und wie treffen sie ihre Wahl? Sind ihre Entscheidungen irrational und impulsiv oder im Gegenteil besonders gewissenhaft und daher verzögert? Welche Informationen ziehen sie heran und sind sie besonders anfällig für Medieneinflüsse? Um diese und weitere Fragen zu beantworten, haben die Autoren im Bundestagswahlkampf 2009 eine Mehr-Methoden-Studie durchgeführt. Darin verknüpfen sie eine repräsentative Panel-Befragung mit ei
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Inhalt; 1 Spätentscheider und Medienwirkungen in Wahlkämpfen; 2 Hintergrund: Spätentscheider und Medienwirkungen; 2.1 Spätentscheider in den Theorien des Wahlverhaltens; 2.2 Spätentscheider, Kommunikation und Medienwirkungen; 2.3 Spätentscheider und die Medien im Wahlkampf: EinModell; 3 Untersuchungsdesign, Methoden und Analysestrategie; 3.1 Medieninhaltsanalyse; 3.2 Panel-Befragung; 3.3 Verknüpfung von Inhaltsanalyse und Panel-Befragung; 3.4 Realtime-Response-Analysedes TV-Duells; 4 Externe Einflüsse I: Wahlkampf und TV Duell; 4.1 Der Wahlkampf: Ereignisse, Themen, Positionen, Strategien
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.2 Das TV-Duell: Merkel gegen Steinmeier5 Externe Einflüsse II: Die Medienberichterstattung; 5.1 Themen; 5.2 Parteien und Koalitionen; 5.3 Kanzlerkandidaten; 5.4 Meinungsklima; 5.5 Fazit: Die Medienberichterstattung im Wahlkampf 2009; 6 Die Wähler zu Beginn der heißen Wahlkampfphase - Eine Entscheidertypologie; 6.1 Das bisherige Verständnis von Spätentscheidern; 6.2 Identifikation und Definition von Spätentscheidern in dieser Studie; 6.3 Prädispositionen der Spätentscheider; 6.3.1 Soziodemographie, politisches Involvement und längerfristige politische Einstellungen
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6.3.2 Unsicherheit bezüglich Themen, Parteien und Kandidaten6.3.3 Psychologische Prädispositionen und Emotionalität; 6.4 Fazit: Entscheidertypen im Wahlkampf 2009; 7 Kommunikationsverhalten und genutzte Medieninhalte; 7.1 Informationsquellen; 7.2 Mediennutzung; 7.3 Medienrepertoires und Segmentierung; 7.4 Gesuchte Informationen und Aufmerksamkeit bei der Mediennutzung; 7.5 Individuell genutzte Medieninhalte; 7.6 Fazit: Kommunikation und individuell genutzte Medieninhalte im Wahlkampf 2009; 8 Einflüsse des Tenorsder Medienberichterstattung auf wahlrelevante Urteile
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 8.1 „Langfristige" Parteibindung: CDU oder SPD8.2 Meinungen über die Kanzlerkandidaten: Merkel und Steinmeier; 8.3 Kanzlerpräferenz: Merkel oder Steinmeier; 8.4 Einschätzungen der Sachkompetenz der Parteien: CDU und SPD; 8.5 Bewertungen möglicher Koalitionen: Große Koalition und Schwarz-Gelb; 8.6 Koalitionserwartungen: Große Koalition oder Schwarz-Gelb; 8.7 Fazit: Medientenor und wahlrelevante Urteile im Wahlkampf 2009; 9 Einflüsse des Tenors der Medienberichterstattung auf die Wahlentscheidung; 9.1 Wählbare Parteien; 9.2 Sicherheit, Zeitpunkt und kognitiver Aufwand für die Wahlentscheidung
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 9.3 Wahlabsichten und tatsächliches Wahlverhalten9.4 Fazit: Medientenor und Wahlverhalten im Wahlkampf 2009; 10 Einflüsse des Umfangs der Medienberichterstattung auf Urteilskriterien und Wahlentscheidung (Priming); 10.1 Priming-Effekte auf die Meinungen über die Kanzlerkandidaten; 10.2 Priming-Effekte auf die Wahlabsicht; 10.3 Fazit: Priming-Effekteim Wahlkampf 2009; 11 Fazit: Medien und Wahlentscheidungen im Wahlkampf 2009; 11.1 Zusammenfassung; 11.2 Diskussion und Schlussfolgerungen; 12 Literatur
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 91
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781461488118
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (162 p)
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: Peace Psychology Book Series
    Serie: Peace Psychology Book Ser.
    Paralleltitel: Print version Community Resilience to Sectarian Violence in Baghdad
    DDC: 155.8
    Schlagwort(e): Ethnic Conflict Congresses ; Ethnopsychology Congresses ; Resilience, Psychological Congresses ; Sects ; Social aspects.. ; Iraq ; Religion ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: The recent conflict in Iraq evolved from an insurgency against the interim U.S. led government (the Coalition Provisional Authority or CPA) into a sectarian civil war. Violence became widespread, especially in areas of Baghdad City such as Sadr City, Al Amiriyah, and Al Adhamiya. However, a number of multiethnic neighborhoods in Baghdad successfully prevented sectarian attitudes and behaviors from taking hold. Four communities stand out in their self-organization to prevent the escalation of violence. This book looks at what makes these communities different from other areas within Baghdad. In
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; 1 Introduction; Abstract; Al-Nil Raises a Question; A Subtle Difference; Resilience and Conflict; Methods; Research Sites; Multicultural Iraq; Amiriyya; Adhamiyya; Dura; Sadr City; Zafaraniyya; Bayaa; Palestine Street; Al-Dhubat; Karada and Kuraiaat; Overview of the Book; References; 2 Violence and Extremism: Sources of Sectarian Violence in Baghdad; Abstract; Constructivism, Identity, and Conflict; Identity Conflict Through a Constructivist Lens; Group Identities in Iraq: Religious and Tribal; Conclusion; References; 3 Conflict Drivers; Abstract
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Global and Regional LevelsState-Level Sources; EliteIndividual Level; References; 4 Conflict Escalation: The Sharpening of Sectarian Identity; Abstract; Psychological Changes; Group Changes; Change in Communities; Conclusion; References; 5 Resilience: Conceptual Foundations; Abstract; What is Resilience?; Regime Characteristics in Baghdad Neighborhoods; Regime Resilience; Modeling Conflict Resilience; Conclusion; References; 6 Social Capital; Abstract; Defining Social Capital; Relations Between People; Crosscutting Bonds; Overlapping Ties; Relations with "the Community"; Sense of Community
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Citizen ParticipationPlace Attachment; Conclusion; References; 7 Information and Communication; Abstract; Sources: Leaders, Media and Working Trust; Spaces for Information-Sharing and Communication; Narratives; Conclusions; References; 8 Economic Resources; Abstract; Socioeconomic Status; SES and Resilience to Violence; Mechanisms of Influence; Trade Networks; Conclusions; References; 9 Community Competence; Abstract; Psychological Components of Community Competence; Collective Efficacy; Inward Orientation; Behavioral Components of Community Competence
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Linkages Between Regime Characteristics and Community CompetencyConclusions; References; 10 Looking Ahead; Abstract; Structural Versus Relational Approaches to Resilience; Strengthening Community Resilience; Spaces for Visioning; Collaborative, Crosscutting Projects; Supporting Peace Leaders; Beyond Baghdad?; Concluding Thoughts; References; Author Biography; Index
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 92
    ISBN: 9783658034405
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (405 p)
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed
    Paralleltitel: Print version Kompetenz-Bildung
    DDC: 371.9
    Schlagwort(e): Interpersonal communication ; Social skills in children ; Social skills in adolescence ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Vor dem Hintergrund veränderter Bedingungen des Aufwachsens wird in der fachöffentlich geführten Bildungsdiskussion der Förderung sozialer, emotionaler und kommunikativer Kompetenzen von Kindern und Jugendlichen eine zunehmende Bedeutung beigemessen. Studien zeigen, dass die Förderung dieser Kompetenzen eine Verbesserung des sozialen Klimas in einer Klasse oder Schule sowie des Leistungsverhaltens zur Folge haben kann. Ist aber Schule der richtige Ort, um soziale, emotionale und kommunikative Kompetenz aufzubauen? Dieser Frage gehen die interdisziplinären Beiträge des Bandes nach, die f
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Inhalt; Einführung; Bildung, Kompetenz, Kompetenz-Bildung; 1 Bildungsfragen; 2 Kompetenzdiskurs; 3 Die Beiträge; Literatur; Begriffe - Möglichkeiten - Grenzen; Bildung sozialer, emotionaler und kommunikativer Kompetenzen - ein komplexer Prozess; 1 Individuelle oder kollektive Fähigkeiten ?; 2 Soziale Kompetenz im Spannungsfeld von Gleichaltrigenkultur und schulischer Ordnung; 3 Familiäre und schulische Einflüsse; 4 Bildung sozialer, emotionaler und kommunikativer Kompetenzen: ein komplexer Prozess; Literatur; Soft skills - destruktive Potentiale des Kompetenzdenkens; 1 Einleitend
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2 Was sind soft skills ?3 „Soft skills", „hard skills" und die viel missbrauchte Eisbergmetapher; 4 Die Attraktivität von Kompetenzmodellen: Kompetenzidealismus; 5 Zur Ideologie des Kompetenzdenkens; 6 „Replace the Negative with the Positive" - zur Moral der soft skills; Literatur; Entwicklungslinien in unterschiedlichen Kontexten; Veränderte Bedingungen des Aufwachsens - Jugendliche zwischen Moratorien, Belastungen und Bewältigungsstrategien; 1 Jugend als heterogene Lebensphase; 2 Die „Doppelrolle" der Familie; 3 Der wachsende Stellenwert der Schule; 4 Freizeit als Bildungszeit
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5 Peers als Bezugsgrößen im Jugendalter6 Problemverhalten und Entwicklungsprobleme; 6.1 Aufbau von Bewältigungsstrategien; 6.2 Bedingungen für Problembelastungen; 6.3 Deviantes und kriminelles Verhalten; 6.4 Drogenkonsum; 7 Fazit; Literatur; „Freizeit" und „Kultur" als Bildungsorte - Kompetenzerwerb über non-formale und informelle Praxen von Kindern und Jugendlichen; 1 Bildung ist mehr als Schule; 2 Bildung, Freizeit und kulturelle Praxen von Kindern und Jugendlichen - Hinweise und Vergewisserungen; 3 Kompetenzerwerb in informellen und non-formalen Praxen und Kontexten
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.1 Lernen in informellen, nicht organisierten Bildungsräumen - Kinder und Jugendliche zwischen Freundschaftsnetzen und Medien3.2 Selbstbestimmte, institutionalisierte Bildungsräume: Lernmöglichkeiten in Vereinen, Jugendverbänden und über ehrenamtliches Engagement; 3.3 Non-formale, pädagogisch gerahmte Bildungsräume - Szenarien der einrichtungsbezogenen sozialen und kulturellen Kinder- und Jugendarbeit; 4 Blick für informelle und non-formale Formen des Kompetenzerwerbs sensibilisieren - Ausblick; Literatur
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Der Wandel familialen Zusammenlebens und seine Bedeutung für die (schulischen) Bildungsbiographien der Kinder1 Familien heute sind auch alternative Familien; 2 Familien sind Scheidungsfamilien ?; 3 Kinder sind heute geschwisterlose Kinder ?; 4 Familie ist heute Mehrgenerationenfamilie; 5 Mütter sind heute berufstätige Mütter; 6 Familien sind auch arme Familien; 7 Familien sind mediatisierte Familien; 8 Familie ist Aushandlungsfamilie; 9 Eine kurze abschließende Bemerkung; Literatur; Frühkindliche Bildung - Basisbaustein der Bildungskarriere; 1 Zum Begriff „Frühkindliche Bildung"
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2 Theorien über die Entwicklung des Zugangs zur Welt
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 93
    ISBN: 9783531199467
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (413 p)
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed
    Serie: Sozialstrukturanalyse
    Paralleltitel: Print version Soziale Milieus und Wandel der Sozialstruktur : Die gesellschaftlichen Herausforderungen und die Strategien der sozialen Gruppen
    DDC: 305
    Schlagwort(e): Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Soziale, wirtschaftliche und politische Probleme haben sich in den vergangenen Jahren erheblich zugespitzt. Die Akteure sehen sich zunehmend zu Eigenverantwortung und Flexibilität im Erwerbs- und Bildungsbereich gefordert. Betroffen sind längst nicht mehr nur die unterprivilegierten sozialen Milieus. Deklassierungsängste erreichen inzwischen weite Teile der bislang gesicherten gesellschaftlichen Mitte. Der Band versammelt Beiträge, die die Entwicklungen und Umstellungen mit dem vieldiskutierten Konzept der sozialen Milieus untersuchen. Dieser Ansatz, der sowohl den Fortbestand sozialer Klassen
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Vorwort zur 2. Auflage; Inhaltsverzeichnis; EINFÜHRUNG; Zur Entwicklung des Konzeptes sozialer Milieus und Mentalitäten; 1. Besonderheiten der typenbildenden Mentalitäts- und Milieuanalyse; 2. Entwicklungswege und Forschungsschwerpunkte; 3. Zum Aufbau und zu den Beiträgen des Bandes; Literatur; Klasse und Milieu als Bedingungen gesellschaftlich-politischen Handelns*; 1. Zur Problemstellung; 2. Klassen und Klassenbewusstsein; 2.1 Die Arbeiterklasse als „revolutionäres Subjekt": Marx und der Marxismus; 2.2 Die Klassen im Kampf um die Führung der Nation: Max Weber
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.3 Von der Klassenlage zum politischen Bewusstsein: Die Rolle der Mentalitäten2.4 Die Entstehung von Klassen als historischer Lernprozess; 3. Politische Orientierung und gesellschaftliche Milieus; 3.1 Politische „Lager" und „sozialmoralische Milieus"; 3.2 Milieupartei und Volkspartei; 3.3 Ein Milieu - mehrere Lager: Das Ruhrrevier; 3.4 Organisierte politisch-soziale Milieus: Aufbau und Untergang sozialistischer „Hochburgen" in Sachsen; 4. „Jenseits von Stand und Klasse". Milieus in der „pluralisierten Klassengesellschaft"
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.1 Klassengesellschaft ohne Klassen. Die Milieukategorie in der neueren Sozialstrukturforschung4.2 Lebensstilmilieus als Rahmenbedingungen gesellschaftlichen Verhaltens; 4.3 Der Wandel der Sozialstruktur und die Entstehung neuer gesellschaftlich-politischer Milieus15; Literatur; DIAGNOSEN UND PERSPEKTIVEN; Soziale Milieus und die Ambivalenzen der Informations- undWissensgesellschaft; 1. Auf dem Weg zur „Lebensstilgesellschaft"; 2. Wissens-, Informations- und Netzwerkgesellschaft; 3. Konturen einer neuen „Klassenstruktur" in der Informationsgesellschaft
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4. „Neue" Ungleichheiten in der Informations- und Wissensgesellschaft5. Paradoxien der Kommunikation und Ambivalenzen des Wissens; 6. Ungleichheiten durch „reflexives" Wissen; 7. Soziale Milieus und Lebensstile in der Wissensgesellschaft; Literatur; „Natürlich gibt es heute noch Schichten!" - Bilderder modernen Sozialstruktur in den Köpfen der Menschen; 1. Alltagserkennen und wissenschaftliches Erkennen; 2. Methode; 3. Das dominierende Bild in den Köpfen der sozialen Akteure - die geschichtete Gesellschaft
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4. Fließende Übergänge - offizielle und inoffizielle Strukturen - zunehmende Polarisierung5. Schicht-Schemata; 6. Schichtkriterien; 7. Selbsteinstufung; 8. Bilanz: Vertikal-pluraler Doppelblick; Literatur; Die Metamorphosen der sozialen Frage in Zeiten desneuen Geistes des Kapitalismus; 1. Reflexive Kapitalismuskritik; 2. Im Treibhaus unternehmerischer Vernunft; 3. Menschen im Mahlstrom entfesselter Marktkonkurrenz; 4. Ein nicht wieder zu erkennendes Unternehmen; 5. Ein Ethos für „Herrenmenschen"; 6. Die neue Verwundbarkeit diesseits der sozialen Sicherungen; Literatur
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Folgen gesellschaftlicher Entsolidarisierung
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 94
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783658030056
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (137 p)
    Paralleltitel: Print version Mobilität und Identität : Widerspruch in der modernen Gesellschaft
    DDC: 305.5094
    Schlagwort(e): Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: ¿¿Ein deutlicher gesellschaftlicher Wandel vollzieht sich in den letzten Jahren in der zunehmenden Mobilität der Menschen. Hat man sich von der Vorstellung eines Wohn- und Arbeitsortes in unmittelbarer Nähe bereits seit längerem verabschiedet, so werden die Distanzen immer größer. Tägliche Pendelzeiten von über einer Stunde pro Fahrt sind keine Seltenheit mehr. Trotz der ständigen Zunahme dieser neuen Lebensform ist noch kein Wandel von Identitätskonstruktionen in Richtung einer „mobilen Identität"" festzustellen. Ganz im Gegenteil wird die lokale Identität durch eine immer höhere Mobilität no
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Inhaltsverzeichnis; „Mobilität und Identität - Widerspruch in der modernen Gesellschaft?"; Ortsbezogene Identität Die kognitive Repräsentanz von Orten im Zeichen zunehmender Wohnmobilität; 1 Orte als Bestandteil des Selbstkonzeptes - Drei Perspektiven; 2 Ortsbezogene Identität zwischen Aneignung und Verhalten - Ein theoretisches Konzept; 3 Wohnmobilität und ihre Folgen für ortsbezogene Identität; 4 Fazit; Literaturverzeichnis; Weibliches Sozialkapital in Suburbia? Zum Zusammenhang zwischen Arbeitsmobilität und Ortsbindung im Berliner Umland; 1 Einleitung; 2 Methoden und Operationalisierung
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3 Konzeptionelle Grundlagen3.1 Ortsbindung; 3.2 Lokales Sozialkapital; 3.3 Voraussetzungen für die Bildung von Ortsbindung und lokalem Sozialkapital; 4 Empirische Ergebnisse; 4.1 Pendel-und Arbeitszeiten im Berliner Umland; 4.2 Genderspezifische Ortsbindungen von Männern und Frauen; 4.3 Sozialkapital der Bewohnerinnen; 5 Fazit; Literatur; Mobilität als relationale Aushandlung Ein Vergleich zwischen England und der Schweiz; 1 Einleitung; 2 Mobilität als sozialwissenschaftlicher Gegenstand; 3 Ausgangspunkte, Hypothesen und Operationalisierungen; 4 Datengrundlage, Fallauswahl und Methoden
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5 Pendelmobilitäten6 Umzugsmobilitäten; 7 Interdependente Mobilitäten; 8 Schlussfolgerungen; Literatur; Mobilität und Identität Eine theoretische und eine empirische Exploration am Beispiel multilokalisierter Akteure; 1 Mobilität und Wohnen: Multilokalität; 2 Die Bedeutung des Raumes in Form lokaler Identifikation.; 2.1 „Identifikation von" und „Identifikation mit"; 3 Mobilität, Multilokalität und Identifikation; 3.1 Mobilität und Identifikation durch Sozialisation; 3.2 Mobilität und Identifikation durch positive Bewertung
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4 Zwischenfazit: Identifikationskonstellationen bei Mobilität und Multilokalität1. Verlust der Ortsbindung; 2. Einseitige Stärkung der Ortsbindung; 3. Ortspolygamie; 4. Kosmopolitisierung; 5 Methodisches Vorgehen; 5.1 Rekrutierung, Datensatz, Samplezusammensetzung; 5.2 Operationalisierungen der eingehenden Merkmale; 6 Ergebnisse und Diskussion; 7 Fazit und Ausblick; Literatur; Sozialräumliche Auswirkungen neuer Verkehrsinfrastruktur Visp und der Lötschbergbasistunnel in der Schweiz; 1 Einleitung; 2 Raum und Mobilität; 3 Methoden; 3.1 Beobachtungen; 4 Sozialräumliche Analyse
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5 Ergebnisse und Beantwortung der FragestellungenLiteratur; AutorInnen
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 95
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783658019938
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (247 p)
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Paralleltitel: Print version Geburt und Familie : Zugänge zu impliziten Logiken des Paarerlebens
    DDC: 304.630973
    Schlagwort(e): Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Im Zeitraum der Geburt eines Kindes erleben Paare häufig spannungsvolle Irritationen und durchleben Such- und Transformationsprozesse auf der Ebene der Paarbeziehung. Julia Foltys untersucht das Erleben der werdenden Eltern im Spannungsfeld von Wunschbild und Praxis von Geburt in Verknüpfung mit dem „Modus der Herstellung familialer Gemeinschaft“. Die Autorin entwickelt auf der Grundlage des rekonstruktiven Verfahrens der dokumentarischen Methode eine innovative Gesprächsanalyse, die als „Paardiskussion“ den Erfahrungsraum der Paargemeinschaft bzw. Familie selbst ins Zentrum rückt
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Danksagung; Inhaltsverzeichnis; 1 Einleitung; 1.1 Aufbau der Studie; 2 Familie; 2.1 Der Wandel von Familie vor dem Hintergrund gesamtgesellschaftlicher Individualisierungsprozesse; 2.1.1 Die vorindustrielle Gesellschaftsordnung; 2.1.2 Individualisierungsprozesse seit der Industrialisierung; 2.1.3 Fazit und Kritik; 2.2 Familie heute: eine pluralisierte Lebensform; 2.2.1 Geburtenrückgang; 2.2.2 Lebenserwartung; 2.2.3 Eheschließungen und Ehescheidungen; 2.2.4 Pluralisierung der Lebensformen; 2.2.5 Definition von Familie; 2.3 Der Wandel familialer Beziehungen
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.3.1 Der Wandel im Geschlechterverhältnis2.3.2 Der Wandel intergenerationeller Familienbeziehungen; 2.3.3 Fazit; 3 Der Zeitraum der Geburt; 3.1 Der Aufstieg des Planungsdenkens; 3.2 Geburtshilfe in Deutschland zwischen der Orientierung an einer „sicheren" und an einer „natürlichen" Geburt; 3.2.1 Ein historischer Abriss der Geburtshilfe in Deutschland; 3.2.2 Die Bedeutung einer pluralisierten Geburtshilfe für die werdenden Eltern; 3.2.3 Kritische Aspekte der Zeit nach der Geburt; 4 Methodologie; 4.1 Die dokumentarische Methode; 4.2 Biographieforschung
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.3 Implikationen für die Konzeptionalisierung von Familie und Paardiskussion5 Der Forschungsprozess; 5.1 Das DFG-Forschungsprojekt „Repräsentationen und Praktiken der Geburt in Familien, Institutionen der Geburtshilfe und Medien"; 5.2 Das Teilprojekt „Geburt in Familien"; 5.3 Das Dissertationsprojekt; 5.4 Auswahl des Samples; 5.5 Darstellung der empirischen Ergebnisse; 6 Fallbeschreibungen; 6.1 Familie Ohlau/Reese; 6.1.1 Das Schwangerschaftserleben; 6.1.2 Das Geburtserleben; 6.1.3 Das Erleben der ersten Zeit nach der Geburt; 6.2 Familie Meinzer; 6.2.1 Das Schwangerschaftserleben
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6.2.2 Das Geburtserleben6.2.3 Das Erleben der Zeit nach der Geburt; 7 Komparative Analyse; 7.1 Differenzbearbeitung zwischen den Partnern - Modus der Gemeinschaftsherstellung; 7.1.1 Familie Ohlau/Reese; 7.1.2 Familie Meinzer; 7.2 Bearbeitung von Bild-Praxis-Differenzen: Modus des Erlebens; 7.2.1 Familie Ohlau/Reese; 7.2.2 Familie Meinzer; 7.3 Vergleichsfälle; 7.3.1 Vergleichsfall Familie Greim/Struck; 7.3.2 Vergleichsfall Familie Galig; 8 Sinngenetische Typenbildung; 8.1 Typ 1: sphärenübergreifend körperlich-sinnliches Geburtserleben; 8.1.1 Untertyp 1a: Geburt als Ausnahmesituation
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 8.1.2 Untertyp 1b: Klärung der Beteiligung beider Partner an der Geburt und visueller Zugang zum Geburtserleben8.2 Typ 2: Sphärenübergreifend technisch-mediales Geburtserleben; 8.3 Typ 3: Ambivalent-sphärengetrennt körperlich-sinnliches Geburtserleben; 9 Soziogenetische Typenbildung; 9.1 Zusammenhänge zwischen geschlechts und generationsspezifischen Erfahrungsräumen und der Familienorientierung; 9.2 Zusammenhänge zwischen dem Bildungsmilieu und der Familienorientierung; 9.3 Zusammenhänge zwischen der Geburtsorientierung und den spezifischen Erfahrungsräumen der Akteure
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 9.4 Zusammenhänge zwischen dem Modus des Erlebens und den spezifischen Erfahrungsräumen der Akteure
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 96
    ISBN: 9783531193748
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (309 p)
    Serie: Medien - Kultur - Kommunikation
    Paralleltitel: Print version Medienkommunikation in Bewegung : Mobilisierung – Mobile Medien – Kommunikative Mobilität
    DDC: 302.2
    Schlagwort(e): Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: ????In heutigen Gesellschaften stehen soziale, informationelle und räumliche Mobilität und digitale Kommunikationsmedien in einem engen Zusammenhang. Medien werden dabei nicht nur immer mobiler, sondern die Menschen verwenden sie auch zunehmend zum Zwecke kommunikativer Mobilität. Die vielfältigen Dimensionen individueller wie gesellschaftlicher Mobilitäts- und Mobilisierungsprozesse werden aus einer kommunikations- und mediensoziologischen Perspektive sowohl theoretisch als auch empirisch verortet. Dabei werden die Erträge bisheriger Forschungsansätze kritisch reflektiert und ein Blick
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Inhaltsverzeichnis; Einleitung; Mobilisierung, mobile Medien und kommunikative Mobilität aus kommunikations- und mediensoziologischer Perspektive; 1 Einleitung; 2 Begriffskritik; 3 Aktuelle Debatten; 4 Mobilkommunikation und -medien als Forschungsthemen: Die Beiträge dieses Buchs; Literatur; Theorien kommunikativer und medialer Mobilität; Doing Mobility. Menschen in Bewegung, Aktivitätsmuster, Zwischenräume und mobile Kommunikation; 1 Mobile Menschen und mobile Medien; 2 Öffentliche Räume und Menschen in Bewegung; 3 Mediennutzungen, Aktivitätsmuster und Zwischenräume
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4 Schlussbemerkungen: Medienrahmen und Kommunikation im öffentlichen RaumLiteratur; Mediatisierung, Mobilisierung und Individualisierung als Theorieansätze kommunikativer Mobilität; 1 Einleitung; 2 Mediatisierung; 3 Mobilisierung; 4 Individualisierung; 5 Mediatisierung, Mobilisierung und Individualisierung als Theorierahmen für Medienkommunikation und Mobilität; 5.1 Mediatisierung und Mobilisierung; 5.2 Mobilisierung und Individualisierung; 5.3 Mediatisierung und Individualisierung; 6 Kommunikative Mobilität als Forschungsperspektive auf Medien und Mobilität; 7 Fazit; Literatur
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Wandel von Öffentlichkeit und RaumbezügenMobilisiert-mediatisierte Lebenswelten und der Wandel des öffentlichen Raums; 1 Einleitung; 2 Mobilisiert-mediatisierte Lebenswelten; 3 Multilokalität als Alltagspraxis; 4 Zum Wandel des öffentlichen Raums; 5 Versuch einer Theoretisierung von Öffentlichkeitspraktiken im Wandel; 6 Fazit: Öffentlichkeitsanbindungen in mobilisiert-mediatisierten Lebenswelten; Literatur; Räume und Kontexte öffentlicher Kommunikation; 1 Einleitung; 2 Raumtheoretische Grundlegungen für kommunikationswissenschaftlicheÖffentlichkeitsstudien
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3 Institutionalisierung und Koppelung von Raum und Öffentlichkeit4 Veränderungen der öffentlichen Kommunikation: Innovationen und Problemdruck; 5 Conclusio; Literatur; Wo bist du? Der geographische Raum im Zeitalter mobiler Kommunikationsmedien; 1 Einleitung: Mobilität und die Frage der Verortung; 2 Räumliche Bezüge und mobile Medien; 3 Methodische Anlage der Studie; 4 Forschungsergebnisse; 4.1 Nutzungs- und Verortungsweisen von mobilen Kommunikationsmedien; 4.2 Mobilkommunikation und Bewegung im Raum; 4.3 Individuelles Verhältnis zum geographischen Raum
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.4 Gewandeltes Raumverständnis durch mobile Mediennutzung5 Fazit und Ausblick; Literatur; Wandel von sozialen Beziehungen und Vergemeinschaftungen; Mediennutzer als mobile kommunikative Inseln. Ergebnisse eines qualitativen Experiments; 1 Vom stationären Rezipienten zum mobilen Mediennutzer; 2 Konsequenzen der mobilen Mediennutzung: Inattentional Blindness (IB); 3 „Haben Sie den Clown gesehen?" - Ergebnisse eines qualitativen Experiments; 4 Weiterführende Forschungsnotwendigkeiten: Mediennutzer als mobile kommunikative Inseln; 4.1 Soziale Arrangements im öffentlichen Raum
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.2 Medien und ihre Nutzungskontexte: Art und Abstufung der Aufmerksamkeit
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 97
    ISBN: 9789400762084
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Disentangling migration and climate change
    DDC: 304.81
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Klimawandel ; Soziale Folgen ; Internationale Migration ; Menschenrechte ; Umweltschutz ; Welt ; Climatic changes ; Social aspects.. ; Emigration and immigration ; Social aspects.. ; Emigration and immigration ; Environmental aspects ; Electronic books ; Population geography ; Climatic changes ; Environmental aspects ; Human ecology ; Konferenzschrift ; Klimaänderung ; Internationale Migration ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: This book examines the inter-relationship between climate change and migration. It focuses on planned relocation as a policy response to environmentally induced forced migration and analyzes human rights to protect people threatened by environmental change.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 98
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783531199160
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (454 p)
    Serie: Leviathan Sonderhefte
    Paralleltitel: Print version Globalisierung Süd
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Konferenzschrift
    Kurzfassung: Die soziale Welt hat sich seit 1989 grundlegend verändert. Man hatte ein „Ende der Geschichte" und die weltweite Ausbreitung westlicher Institutionen erwartet. Stattdessen ist die multizentrische Welt der Vergangenheit zurückgekehrt, in der auch Gesellschaften des globalen Südens eine Rolle spielen. Anhand konkreter Regional- und Länderbeispiele aus Afrika, Asien und Lateinamerika fragt der Band nach der Brauchbarkeit unseres theoretischen Vokabulars, nach angemessenen Kategorien zur Beschreibung langfristiger und grundlegender sozialer Wandlungsprozesse und damit auch nach der möglicherweise
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Inhalt; Einleitung; Literatur; I. Konturen und Varianten südlicher Staatlichkeit; Traditionelles Erbe, kolonialer Import, Opfer der Globalisierung? Geschichte und Perspektiven afrikanischer Staatlichkeit am Bei; Zusammenfassung; Abstract; 1 Globalisierung und die Zukunft des Staates; 2 Staatlichkeit in Afrika; 3 Ruandischer Exzeptionalismus?; Literatur; Staatlichkeit und Demokratie in Südostasien; Zusammenfassung; Abstract; 1 Einleitung; 2 Demokratie; 3 Staatlichkeit; 4 Demokratie in Südostasien; 5 Staatlichkeit in Südostasien; 6 Der Zusammenhang von Staatlichkeit und Demokratie; 7. Schluss
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: LiteraturLateinamerikanische Wohlfahrtsstaaten zwischen Demokratisierungsund Globalisierungsdruck; Zusammenfassung; Abstract; 1 Der moderne Wohlfahrtsstaat unter Globalisierungsdruck; 2 Genese und zentrale Charakteristika lateinamerikanischer Wohlfahrtsstaaten vor der neoliberalen Wende; 3 Lateinamerikanische Wohlfahrtsstaaten zwischen neoliberalen Strukturreformen und wachsendem Demokratisierungsdruck; 4 Ausblick: Wohlfahrtsstaatsforschung dezentrieren: Multiple Modernities . Varieties of Welfare Capitalism; Literatur; II. Global policies , sub- und parastaatlich
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Globale Herausforderungen und die (Wieder-)Entstehung neo-traditioneller Landrechte. Rechtsanthropologische Untersuchungen in GuZusammenfassung; Abstract; 1 Einleitung; 2 Bijagós: Vom Zentrum zur Peripherie; 3 Überblick über das kooperative Forschungsprojekt in Guinea-Bissau; 4 Konflikte um Landund Fischereirechte; 5 Ausblick; Literatur; Gestaltung .staatlicher. Policy im Schatten der Weltbank: Urbane Infrastruktur-Entwicklung, Zwangsumsiedlung und der listige Sta; Zusammenfassung; Abstract; 1 Einleitung; 2 Das Mumbai Urban Transport Project; 3 Verhandlungen über die MUTP-Umsiedlungspolicy
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4 Pluralisierung von Recht und die Fragmentierung von Bürgerrechten5 Einbezug nicht-staatlicher Akteure bei der Policy-Implementierung: Bauunternehmen und NGOs; 6 Vergebliche Suche nach (quasi-)Rechtsmitteln: Beschwerdemechanismen auf mehreren Ebenen; 7 Durchsetzung von Bürgerrechten mit Rechtsmitteln; 8 Konklusion; Literatur; Sozialexperiment als neue Figuration von Wissenschaft, Politik und Markt im postkolonialen Afrika1; Zusammenfassung; Abstract; 1 Fragestellung: Therapeutische Herrschaft, Ausnahmezustand und Experimentalität; 2 Von der Unterentwicklung zum Ausnahmezustand?
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3 Vom Experimentieren zur Experimentalität?4 Ausblick; Literatur; III. Neue soziale Bewegungen und Zivilgesellschaft; Lokale Traditionen und globale Erwartungen: Zivilgesellschaft in Südostasien; Zusammenfassung; Abstract; 1 Einleitung; 2 Erforschung und Analyse der Zivilgesellschaft(en) in Südostasien; 3 Zivilgesellschaft avant la lettre: traditionelle zivilgesellschaftliche Institutionen; 4 Lokale Traditionen und globale Modelle der Zivilgesellschaft; 5 Schluss; Literatur
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Zivilgesellschaft in Afrika? Formen gesellschaftlicher Selbstorganisation im Spannungsfeld von Globalisierung und lokaler soziop
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 99
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783531190013
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (241 S.)
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science
    Serie: Kunst- und Kulturmanagement
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Lynen, Peter Michael, 1948 - Kunstrecht 1-3 ; 1: Kunstrecht 1
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Arts
    Kurzfassung: Das Recht der Kunst und Kultur aller Sparten hat in den letzten Jahren an Umfang, Bedeutung und Vielfalt gewonnen. Dem entspricht die Zunahme kunstrechtlicher Publikationen. Es fehlte aber bislang eine umfassende Gesamtdarstellung, die in Form eines Lehrbuchs Wege durch das „Labyrinth des Kunstrechts“ aufzeigt und in konziser Beschreibung dem - auch nicht juristisch ausgebildeten - Leser hilft, diese selber gehen zu können. Im ersten Band dieses Lehrbuchs wird auf grundlegende Weichenstellungen eingegangen. Diese betreffen einerseits das Verständnis wesentlicher rechtlicher Kategorien, anderseits die Darstellung der „Doppelnatur“ von Kunst als Kulturgut und als Ware. Die politische, gesellschaftliche und wirtschaftliche Praxis widmet sich beidem mit unterschiedlichen Systemen der kulturellen Förderung und des Handels mit Kulturgütern. Das Recht behandelt dementsprechend sowohl gewährleistende und garantierende als auch wirtschafts- und handelsbezogene Gestaltungsmöglichkeiten. Aufgaben und Funktionen der öffentlichen Hand und diejenigen der Kulturwirtschaft werden in diesem Band aufgezeigt und gegenüber gestellt. Rechtliche Kunstdefinitionen, die Kunstfreiheit und die Handlungsformen im Kunstrecht werden erläutert. Prof. Dr. iur. Dr. phil. h.c. Peter M. Lynen ist Leiter des Zentrums für Internationales Kunstmanagement (CIAM) der Hochschule für Musik und Tanz Köln sowie Mitglied und Sekretar (Vizepräsident) der Klasse für Künste der NRW-Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Künste, Düsseldorf. Der Verfasser verbindet jahrzehntelange Praxiserfahrungen im Kunst- und Musikmanagement mit wissenschaftlichen und didaktischen Fähigkeiten als Hochschullehrer
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Kunstrecht als Disziplin -- Kunstfreiheit und Kunstdefinitionen -- Die drei Säulen der Kunstförderung -- Rechtliche Handlungsformen im Kunstrecht -- Materielles Recht und Verfahrensrecht.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 100
    ISBN: 9789400749399
    ISSN: 2211-8101
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VI, 86 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Ethics 2
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Mallia, Pierre The nature of the doctor-patient relationship
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Medicine ; Medicine & Public Health ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Psychology, clinical ; Medicine ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Psychology, clinical ; Physician and patient ; Interpersonal relations ; Physician-Patient Relations ; Philosophy, Medical ; Medizinische Ethik
    Kurzfassung: Introduction -- CHAPTER 1 Critical overview of principlist theories -- 1.1 The ‘Four-Principles’ Approach -- 1.1.1 Theoretical basis -- 1.1.2 The Paradigm case -- 1.1.3 The doctor-patient relationship -- 1.2 Robert Veatch’s model of Lexical Ordering -- 1.3 The Principle of Permission -- CHAPTER 2 Phenomenological roots of Principles -- 2.1 The nature of the physician-patient relationship -- 2.1.1 Communication -- 2.1.2 Goals of Medicine -- 2.1.3 The ‘care’ in Health Care -- 2.1.4 The special bond -- 2.2 The Principle of Beneficence and virtue -- 2.3 Nonmaleficence -- 2.3.1 Patient authority or trust -- 2.3.2 Epistemology -- 2.4 Respect for Autonomy -- 2.4.1 A historical and epistemological perspective -- 2.4.2 A cultural appraisal -- 2.5 The dual nature of Justice -- 2.5.1 The Justice of society -- 2.5.2 Justice in Health-Care -- CHAPTER 3 Principles as a consequence of the relationship -- 3.1 Need for grounding principles in -- the relationship -- 3.2 Defining the ontological entities -- 3.3 The physician as an entity -- 3.3.1 Levelling-down of medical relationships -- 3.3.2 Being as Understanding -- 3.4 The Patient as entity - potential for being truly-autonomous -- 3.4.1 Dimensions of the illness experience -- 3.4.2 True Autonomy and the Authenticity of the relationship -- 3.5 Hermeneutics of the relationship -- 3.6 Phenomenology of the clinical encounter -- CHAPTER 4 The principle of Justice in a secular society -- 4.1 Being-with-one-another and the Golden Rule -- 4.1.1 Being-with-one-another -- 4.1.2 The Golden Rule -- 4.2 Common Values -- 4.2.1 Implications in Bioethics -- 4.2.2 The naturalistic fallacy -- 4.3 Common morality and Being-with-one-another -- 4.3.1 Confronting rival traditions -- 4.3.2 Being-with-one-another -- CHAPTER 5 The question of social construct theories Reappraising and phenomenology of the doctor-patient relationship.- 5.1 Post-modernism and medicine -- 5.2 Socially constructed theories -- 5.3 A philosophy based on the phenomenology of the relationship -- 5.4 The ontology of the patient, the doctor and the relationship -- 5.5 Truth concealed -- 5.6 The Clinical Encounter -- CHAPTER 6.- Conclusion -- BIBLIOGRAPHY.
    Kurzfassung: This book serves to unite biomedical principles, which have been criticized as a model for solving moral dilemmas by inserting them and understanding them through the perspective of the phenomenon of health care relationship. Consequently, it attributes a possible unification of virtue-based and principle-based approaches
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Natureof the Doctor-PatientRelationship; Contents; 1 Introduction; 2 Critical Overview of Principlist Theories; 2.1…The 'Four-Principles' Approach; 2.1.1 Theoretical Basis; 2.1.2 The Paradigm Case; 2.1.3 The Doctor--Patient Relationship; 2.2…Robert Veatch's Model of Lexical Ordering; 2.3…The Principle of Permission; 3 Phenomenological Roots of Principles; 3.1…The Nature of the Physician--Patient Relationship; 3.1.1 Communication; 3.1.2 Goals of Medicine; 3.1.3 The 'Care' in Health Care; 3.1.4 The Special Bond; 3.2…The Principle of Beneficence and Virtue; 3.3…Nonmaleficence
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.3.1 Patient Authority or Trust3.3.2 Epistemology; 3.4…Respect for Autonomy; 3.4.1 A Historical and Epistemological Perspective of Autonomy; 3.4.2 A Cultural Appraisal; 3.5…The Dual Nature of Justice; 3.5.1 The Justice of Society; 3.5.2 Justice in Health-Care; 4 Principles as a Consequence of the Relationship; 4.1…Need for Grounding Principles in the Relationship; 4.2…Defining the Ontological Entities; 4.3…The Physician as an Entity; 4.3.1 Levelling-Down of Medical Relationships; 4.3.2 Being as Understanding; 4.4…The Patient as Entity: Potential for being Truly-Autonomous
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.4.1 Dimensions of the Illness Experience4.4.2 True Autonomy and the ''Authenticity'' of the Relationship; 4.5…Hermeneutics of the Relationship; 4.6…Phenomenology of the Clinical Encounter; 5 Conclusion; Bibilography;
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
Schließen ⊗
Diese Webseite nutzt Cookies und das Analyse-Tool Matomo. Weitere Informationen finden Sie hier...